International Journal for Technology - USU Institutional Repository ...

LAMPIRAN 1 

Lay-Out : International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education 

IJTME) Tahun 2007 Volume 14 

Universitas Sumatera Utara

Data Sitiran : International Journal for Technology in Mathematics 

Education (IJTME) Tahun 2007 Volume 14 

ISSUE 1 

1. Adjusting Mathematics Teaching and Learning to Technological Changes: 

Introducing Algorithmic Problems into Elementary School Mathematics 

Ronit Hoffmann, Ronith Klein. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics 

Education. Plymouth: 2007. Vol. 14, Iss. 1; p. 21 (10 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Association for Symbolic Logic (2000) Report on Round 2 Questions for NCTM 

Standards Revision Group, Retrieved February 2006: 

http://www.phil.ucalgary.ca/asl/netm/q2.html 

2. Breuer, S and Zwas, G. (1993) Numerical Mathematics: A laboratory Approcah, 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 

3. Dori,Y, , Barnea, N. Herschkovitz, O, Barak, M, Kaberman, Z and Sason, I. 

(2002) Teacher education: toward teaching in technology-enriched environment 

and developing higher-order thinking skills. Proceedings of the 4 th International 

Conference on Teacher Education: Teacher Education as a Social Mission, 1, 

123, Israel: Achva College. 

4. Engel, A. (1993) Exploring Mathematics with your Computer, Washington, DC: 

The Mathematical Association of America. 

5. Harel, D. (1992) Algorithmics: The Spirit of Computing. Harlow: Addison- 

Wesley. 

6. Hershkowitz, R. and Kieran, C (2001) Algorithmic and meaningful ways of 

joining together representatives within the same mathematical activity: An 

experience with graphic calculators, Proceedings of the 25 th International 

Conference for the Psychology Mathematics Education, 1, 96-107, The 

Netherlands : Freudenthal Institute. 

7. Hoffman, R. (1996) Computer-oriented Numerical Mathematics Revolving 

Around The Number as a Component of the Mathenatical Education iin 

Teaachers’ Colleges Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Tel-Aviv University, 

Israel. 

8. ICMI (2005) Digial technologies and Mathematics teaching and learning: 

rethinking the terrain. L’Enseignment Mathematique, 51, 351-363 

9. Kenney, M. J. (1991) Discrete Mathematics across the curriculum K-12, NCTM 

Yearbook, Reston, V: NCTM 

10. Kenney, M. J. and Stanley, J.B. (1993) Implementing the discrete mathematics 

standards: focusing on recursion, The Mathematics Teacher, 86(8), 676-680. 

11. Littrer, G. and Kratochvilova J. (2003) Patterns and Conjecture, Novotna , J. (ed). 

SEMT’03 International Symposium Elementary Maths Teaching, Prague: Charles 

University, 104-107. 

12. MaurerS.B, and Ralston A. (1991) Discrete Algorithmic Mathematics. Harlow: 

Addison-Wesley. 

13. NCTM (1989). Professional Standards for Teaching Mathematics, Reston. VA: 

NCTM. 

14. NCTM (2000) Principles and Standards for school Mathematics, Reston, VA: 

NCTM. 

15. Saassman, M.C. Olivier, A and Linchevski, . (1999) Factorc influencing student’s 

generalization thingking processes, Proceedings of the 23 rd International 

Conference for the Psychology of Mathematics Education, 4, 161-168, Haifa 

Israel: Israel Institute of Technology. 


16. Wilson, K., Ainley, J and Bills, L. (2004) Generalizing the context and 

generalizing the calculation, Proceedings of the 28 th International Conference for 

the Psychology of Mathematics education, 2, 9-16. Bergen, Norway: University 

College. 

2. Affective Pointers in Mathematics Online Help 

Dragana Martinovic. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Bhatt, K., Evens, M and Argamon, S. (20040 hedged responses and expressions 

of affect in Human/human and human/computer tutorial interactions, Proc. 26 th 

Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science society COGSCI20004, Chicago, IL. 

2. Brousseau, G. (1997) The teory of didactic situations, edited and translated by 

Balaccheff, N, Cooper, M ., Sutherland, R, and Warfield, V., Dordrecht: Kluwer 

Academic Publishers. 

3. Chi, M. T. H. (1998) Self-explaining: The dual processes of Generating 

inferences and repairing mental models. In: Glasser, R. (ed), Advances in 

instructional psychology, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 161-237. 

4. Clark, H. and Schaefer, E. (1989) Contributing to discource. Cognitive Science, 

13, 259-294. 

5. Edwards, R. and Bello, R. (2005) Interpretations of messages: The influence of 

various forms of equivocation, face concerns , and sex differences, Journal of 

Language and Social Psychology, 24(2), 160-181. 

6. English, S, and Yazdani, M. (1999) Computer-supported cooperative learning in 

a virtual university, Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 15,2-13 

7. Gall, M. (1970) The use of questions in teaching, Review of Educational 

Research, 40(5), 707-721. 

8. Garrison, C.R. (1997) Self-directed learning: toward a comprehensive model, 

Adult Education Quarterly, 48(1), 18-33. 

9. Goffman, E. (1967) Interaction ritual: Essays in face-to-face behaviour, Garden 

city, NY: Anchor Books. 

10. Good, T.L. Slavings, R.L., Hobson-Harel, K, and Emerson, H. (1987) Student 

passivity-A study of question asking in K-12 classrooms, Sociology of Education, 

60,181-195. 

11. Graesser, A.C., Person, N.K. and Magliano, J.P. (1995) Collaborative dialogue 

paterns in Naturalistic one-on-one tutoring, Applied Cognitive Psychology, 9, 

495-552. 

12. Karabenick, S.A. (2004). Perceived achievement goal sturucture and college 

student help seeking, Journal of educational Psychology, 96(3), 569-581 

13. Karabenick, S.a. (1987) Computer conferencing: its impact on academic 

helpseeking, proceedings of the Second Guelph Symposium on Computer 

Conferencing, Guelph, Ontario: University of Guelph, 69-76. 

14. Kim, J.H. (2000) Natural language Analysis and generation for tutorial Dialogue, 

Doctoral dissertiation. Retrieved May 2005, from http://www.cs.iit.edu/circsim/documents/kjhdiss.pdf. 

15. Lee Do, s. and Lemonnier Schallert, D. (2004) Emotions and classroom talk: 

toward a model of the role of affect in students’ experiences of classroom 

discussions, Journa of Educational Psychology, 96 (4), 619-634. 

16. Lim, T, and Bowers, J. W. (1991) Facework: Solidarity, approbiation and tact, 

Human Communication Research, i17, 415-450. 


17. Martinovic, D. (2004) Communicating Mathematics online: the Case of online 

Help, Doctoral dissertiation, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada. 

18. Miner, R and topping, P (2001) math on the web: a status report. JOMA: Journal 

of online Mathematics and its application, 1(2). http://www.joma.org/vol1- 

2/articles/miner/ 

19. Newman, R.S. (1990) Children’s help seeking in the classroom: the role of 

motivational factors and attitudes, Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(1),71- 

80. 

20. Newman, R.S., and Schwager, M.T. (1995) Students’ help seeking during 

problem solving: effects of grade, goal, and prior archievement, American 

Educational Research Journal, 32(2), 352-376. 

21. Person, N. K., Graesser, A.C.,Magliano,J.P.and Kreuz, R.J. (1994) Inferring what 

the student knows in one-to-one tutoring: the role of student questions and 

answers, Learning and Individual Differences, 6(2).205-229. 

22. Rowland, T. (1995) Hedges in mathematics talk: Linguistic pointers to 

uncertainty, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 29(4),327-353. 

23. Shah, F, Evenns,M, Michael,J and Rovick, A. (2002). Classifying student 

initiatives and tutor responses in human keyboard-to-keyboard tutoring sessions, 

Discource Processes, 33(1),23-52. 

24. Voigt,J. (1998) the Culture of the mathematics classroom: Negotiating the 

mathematical meaning of empirical phenomena. In: Seeger, F.,Voigt,J. and 

Waschescio (eds) the culture of the mathematics classroom, Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press, 191-200. 

25. Wells, C. (1995) Communicating mathematics: useful ideas from computer 

science, The American mathematical Monthly, 102(5), 397-408. 

26. Wilson, J. (1999) High and low archiever’classroom interaction patterns in an 

upper primary classroom. AARE Conference-melbourne, Australia , 29 th 

November-2 nd http:// www.aare.edu.au/99pap/wi199741.htm. 

3. Assessment, Blending and Creativity: The ABC of Technology in Mathematics 

Teaching 

Michael McCabe. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 

Plymouth: 2007. Vol. 14, Iss. 1; p. 54 (6 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Coffield, F. Moseley, D., Hall, D. and Ecclestone, K. (2004) Should we be using 

learning styles? What research has to say to practice, London: learning and skills 

Rseach Centre. 

2. Etchells, T., Hunter,M.,Monaghan,J.,Pozzi,S.and Rothery,A.(1997) Mathematical 

Activities with Computer Algebra, A photocopiable Resource Book, Bromley: 

Chartwell Bratt. 

3. Honey,P. and Mumford,A.(20005)Learning Styles.http;//www.peterhoney.co.uk 

4. McCabe,E.M.and Watson,J(1997)”From MathEdge to mathWise:the Cutting 

“Edge of Interactive learning and assessment in Mathematics;,3rdInternationsal 

Conference on technology in Maths Teaching ,Koblenz,Germany,CD-ROM. 

5. McCabe, E.M. (1999) WHAM!Web Hosted Assesment of mathematics, 

Proceedings of the 4 th International Conferences on technology in Mathematics 

Teaching University of Plymouth. 

6. McCabe,E.M.(2001)Computer Assisted Assesment (CAA) of proof=Proof of 

Caa-new Approaches to Computer Assessment for higher leve learning, 

Proceedings of the 5thInternational Conference o Technology in Mathematics 


Teaching. 

7. McCabe,E.M and Lucas I..(2003)Engagement with mathematics in an Interactive 

classroom-Eliminating the weapons of maths Instruction! Proceedings of the 6 th 

International Conference no Technology in Mathematics 

Teaching.http:///ictmt6.pre.uth.gr/ICTMT6proceedings.pdf. 

4. Computer Assisted Assessment of Mathematics for Undergraduates with Specific 

Learning Difficulties- Issues of Inclusion in Policy and Practice 

Glynis Perkin, Nigel A Beacham, Anthony C Croft. The International Journal for 

Technology in Mathematics Education. Plymouth: 2007. Vol. 14, Iss. 1; p. 3 (11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Beacham,N.A.,Elliot,A.C.,Alty,J.L. and Al-sharrah ,A. (2002) Media 

Combinations and learning styles: A dual coding Approach, Barker, P. and 

Rebelsky,S.(eds). Proceedingsof Ed-Media / ED-TELECOM 1(1),111-116. 

2. Beacham,N.A. and Alty,J.L. (2004) Media Efficiency during learning using DAB 

radio: an intial educational study, Interactive Multimedia Electronic journal of 

Computer Enchanced Learning,AACE, 6,2Accessed online 12/11/05 

www.imej.wfu.edu/ 

3. Beacham,N.A. and Alty,J.L. (2003) An initial study of computer-basedmedia 

effects on learnerswho have dyslexia,Loughborough University. 

4. The British Dyslexia Association. (2002) The Dyslexia handbook,London: The 

British Dyslexia Association. 

5. Chinn,S.J and Aschroft,J.R.(1993) Mathematics for Dyslexics (A Teaching 

Handbook),London: Whurr. 

6. Green,D.R. Harrison,M.C.,Palipana,A.S.Pidock,D.and Ward,J.P.(2004) The role 

of CAA in helping Engineering Undergraduates learn Mathematics, HEA Maths, 

Stats & OR Network, maths CAA series: Nov 2004. accessed online21/12/05.http://ltsn.mathstore.ac.uk/articles/maths-caa-series/nov04/ 

7. Henderson,A. and Miles,E (2001) Basic topics in Mathematics for 

Dyslexis,London: Whurr. 

8. The Higher Education Statistics Agency in the UK. (2006) Accessed online 15 th 

January 2006. www.hesa.ac.uk/holidocs/pubinfo/stud.htm. 

9. Mayer,R.E (2001) Multimedia Learning, Cambridge, UK:Cambridge university 

Press. 

10. Miles,T.R.and Miles,E.(eds) (1992) Dyslexia and Mathematics, 

London:Routledge. 

11. The National Working party on Dyslexia in Higher Education. (1999) Dyslexia in 

Higher Education: Policy. Provision and practice, Hull:The Universityof Hull. 

12. Richardson,J.T.E.and Wydell,t.N. (2003) The representation and attainment of 

students with dyslexia in UK higher education, Readingand writing:An 

Interdisciplinary Journal,16,475-503 

13. Riddick, B.,Farmer,M.and Sterling,C.(1997) Students and Dyslexia:growing up 

with a specific learning Difficulty,London:Whurr. 

14. SENDA. (2001) The special Educational Needs and Disabilities Act, London:the 

Staationery office. 

15. TechDis (2003) Technology-based Assesment, Inclusive Learning and Teaching: 

ILT for Disabled Learnes, Accessed online 12 th November 2005 

www. techdis.ac.uk/resources/files/Theme2.4.pdf. 

16. Trott, C. (2003) Mathematics Support for Dyslexic Students. MSOR Connection, 


the newsletter of the Higher Education Academy MSOR Network. 3(4), 17-20. 

17. Wiles, K. (2002) Accessibility and computer-based asessment: a whole new set 

of issues? Phipps, L., Sutherland, A. and Seale, J. (eds), Acsess All Areas: 

disability, technology and learning, Bristol: TechDis. 

5. Computer Tutorials to Visualise Symmetry in Introductory Group Theory 

Darren D Wick. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


Tidak memiliki referensi 

6. Procedural Knowledge in the Presence of a Computer Algebra System (CAS): 

Rating the Drawbacks Using a Multi-factorial Evaluation Approach 

Lazim M Abdullah. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Asiala, M., Brown, A., Devries, D.J., Dubinsky, E., Matthews, D. and Thomas, 

K. (1991) A Frame work for research and curricullum development in 

undergraduate mathematics education, Kaput, J., Schoenfeld. A. H., Dubinsk, E. 

(eds), Research in collegiate mathematics education II, Providence RI: American 

Mathematical Society, 1-32. 

2. Bojadziev, G. and Bojadviez, m. (1999) Fuzzy Logic for Business, Finance and 

Management. Danvers MA: Word Scientific Publishing. 

3. Drijvers, P. (2000) Students encoutering obstacles using a CAS, International 

Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 5 (3), 189-209. 

4. Drijvers, P. and Van Herwaaden, O. (2001) Instrumentation of ICT tools: the 

case of algebra in a computer algebra environment, The International Journal of 

Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 7 (4), 225-275. 

5. Effros, E. (1999) Commentary in Education Week, 12 April 1989. 

6. Gray, E. and Tall, D. O, (1994) Duality, Ambiguity and Flexibility: A Proceptual 

View of Simple Arithmetic, The Journal for Research in Mathematics 

Education, 26 (2), 116-140. 

7. Heid, M. K. (1988) Resequencing skills and concepts in applied calculus using 

computer as a tool, Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 9 (2), 95- 

106. 

8. Heid, M. K. (2002) How theories about the learning and knowing of mathematics 

can inform the use of CAS in school mathematics: one perspective, The 

International Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 9 (2), 95- 

106. 

9. Kantardzic, M. (2003) Data Mining: Concepts, Models, Methods and algorithms. 

New York: John Wiley and sons. 

10. McMillan, J.H. and Schumacher, S. (2001). Research in Education, A Conceptual 

Introduction. Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. New York. 

11. Pierce, R. and Stacey, K. (2001) Reflections on the Changing Pedagogical use of 

Computer Algebra Systems: Assistance for Doing or Learning Mathematics? 

Jornal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 20 (2). 143-161. 

12. Ragin, C. (2000) Fuzzy Set Social Science, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

13. Sfard, A. (1991) On the dual nature of mathematical conceptions: Reflections on 

processes and objects as different sides of the same coin, Educational Studies in 


Mathematics, 22, 1-36. 

14. Waits, B.K. and Demana, F. (1997) The merging of calculators and computers: A 

look to the future of technology enhanced Teaching and Learning Mathematics, 

Proceedings of ICTMT 3 1997, Koblenz, Germany, 1-8. 

15. Zadeh, L.A. (1965). Fuzzy Set, Information and Control, 8, 338-353. 

7. The Use of Webquest to Enhance the Mathematical Problem-Posing Skills of Pre- 

Service Teachers 

Reda Abu-Elwan. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Abu-Elwan, R. (1999) The Development of problem possing skills for 

prospective middle school teachers. Proceedings of the International Conference 

on Mathematics Education: Social Challenges, Isuues and Approaches (Vol. II, 

pp. 1-9). Cairo, Egypt. 

2. Abu-Elwan, R. (2002) Effectiveness of problem posing strategies on prospective 

mathematics teachers’ problem solving performance. Journal of Science and 

mathematics Education in Southeast Asia, 25(1), 56-69. 

3. Benson, J., Dodge, S., Dodge W., Hamberg, C., Milauskas, G. and Rukin R. 

(1993) Gateways to Algebra and Geometry: An Integrated Approach, NY: 

McDougal, Littell & Company. 

4. Billstein.R., Libeskind, S. and Lott, J. (2004) A Problem Solving Approach to 

Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers’ 8 th Edition, NY: Pearson Addison 

Wesley. 

5. Brown, S. I. (1984) The logic of generation: from morality and solving to 

deposing and rebellion, For The Learning of Mathematics, 4(1), 9-20. 

6. Brown, S. and Walter, M. (1993) Problem posing in mathematics education. In 

Brown S. and Walter M. (Eds.) Problem Posing: Reflections and Applications, 

Hillsdale, NJ; Erlbaum. Pp. 16-27. 

7. Cai, J. and Hwang, S. (2002) Generalized and generative thinking in U.S.and 

Chinese Students’ mathematical problem solving, Journal of Mathematical 

Behaviour, 21(4), 401-421. 

8. Chuo, T. (2004) The Effect of the WebQuest Writing Instruction on EFL 

Learners’ Writing Performance, Writing Apprehension, and Perception, 

Unpublished EdD thesis, La Sirra University. 

9. Crespo, S. (2003) Learning to pose mathematical problems: exploring changes in 

pre-service teachers’ practices, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 52(3), 243- 

270. 

10. Dodge, B. (1995) Some thougths about WebQuests. 

Retrieved February 2006 

http://webquest.sdsu.edu/about_webquests.html 

11. Dodge, B. (1998) WebQuests: a strategy for scaffolding higher lever learning, 

Paper presented at the National Educational Computing Conference, San Diego, 

June 22-24, 1998. 

12. English, L.D. (1997) The Development of fifth-grade children’s problem posing 

abilities, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 34(3), 183-217. 


13. Gary, A. (2001). Project-based learning just became easy: an introduction to 

WebQuest. Learning Technology 3(3), 

Retrieved February 2006, from: 

http://lttf.ieee.org/learn_tech/issues/july2001/index.html 

14. Hart, L. C. (2002) Pre-service teachers’ beliefs and practice after participating in 

an integrated content/methods course. School Science and Mathematics, 102(1), 

4-14. 

15. Kilpatrick, J. (1987) Problem formulating: where good problems come from? In 

A.H. scjoenfed (Ed.), Cognitive Science and Mathematics Education pp.123-147. 

hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 

16. Kloosterman, P. and Stage, F. (1992) Measuring beliefs about mathematical 

problem solving, School Science and Mathematics, 92(3), 109-115. 

17. Leung, S. (1994) On analyzing problem posing processes: a study of prospective 

elementary teachers differing in mathematics knowledge. In P. da Ponte and 

J.F.Matos (Eds.) Proceedings of the 18 th International Conference for the 

Psychology of Mathematics Education, (vol III, pp. 168-175). Lisbon, Portugal. 

18. National Council of Teachers of mathematics (1989) Curricullum and Evaluation 

Standards for School Mathe,atics, Reston, VA: NCTM. 

19. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (2000) Principles and Standards 

for School Mathematics, Reston, VA: NCTM 

20. Silver, E.A. (1994) On mathematical problem-posing, For the Learning of 

Mathematics, 14 (1), 19-28. 

21. Silver, E.A. (1995) The nature and the use of open problems in mathematics 

education: mathematical and pedagogical perspectives. International Reviews on 

Mathematical Education 72(2), 67-72. 

22. Silver, E.A., Leung, S. and Cai, J. (1995) Generating multiple solutions for a 

problem: a comparison of the responses of U.S and Japanese. Educational Studies 

in Mathematics, 28, 35-54. 

23. Stinson, A. (2003) Encouraging the use of technology in the classroom: the 

WebQuest connection. Reading Online,6(7), 4. Retrieves February 2006, from: 

http://www.readingonline.org 

24. Wilkins, J. and Brand, B . (2004) Change in pre-service teachers’ beliefs: an 

evaluation of mathematics methods course, School Science and Mathematics, 

104(5), 226-232. 

ISSUE 2 

8. "New Technology? New Ways of Teaching - No Time Left for That!" 

Bärbel Barzel. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Barzel, B. (2002). Geh’ eine Funktion!, Barzel, B, and Bohm, J (Heds), 

Mathematikunterricht anders-offenes Lernen mit Neuen Medien, Stuttgart: Klett, 

98-104. 

2. Barzel, B.,Frohlich, I. And Stachniss-Carp, S. (2003). Das ABC der 

ganzrationalen Funktionen, Schulerheft & Lehrerheft, Stuttgart: Klett. 

3. Becker, J. and Shimada, S. (1997). The Open –Ended Approach, A New Proposal 

for Teaching Mathematics, Reston, VA: NCTM. 

4. Bromme, R. and Steinbring, H. (1990) Die epistemologische Struktur 

mathematischen im Unterrichtsprozess. Eine empirische analyse von vier 


Unterrichtsstunden in der Sekundarstufe I, Bromme, R.; Seeger , F. and 

Steinbring, H. (eds), Aufgaben als Anforderungen an Lehrer und Schuler, Koln: 

Aulis, 151-229. 

5. Doerr, H.M. and Zangor, R. (2000) Creating meaning for and with the graphing 

calculator , Educational Studies in Mathematics, 41, 143-163. 

6. Drijvers, P and Trouche, L. (2007). From artifacts to instruments – A theoretical 

framework behind the orchestra metaphor, Blume, G.W. and Heid, M.K. (Eds.), 

Research on Technology in the Learning and Teaching of Mathematics: 

Syntheses and Perspectives, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 

7. Friedlander, A., and Stein , H. (2001) Student’s choice of tools in solving 

equations in a technological learning environment, van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, 

M. (Ed.),Proceedings of PME 25, Utrecht, Utrecht: Freudenthal Institute, 441- 

448. 

8. Fuglestad, A. B. (2005). Students’ use of ICT tools in mathematics and reasons 

for their choices, Chick, H.L. and Vincent, J.L. (Eds.), Proceedings of the 29 th 

Cinference of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics 

Education 2005, Melbourne: University of Melbourne, 3, 1-8. 

9. Hefendehl-Hebeker (2004). Selbstgesteuertes Lernen im Dialog, Der MU, 50(3), 

45-51. 

10. Herget, W. and Jahnke, T. (2001). Produktive Aufgaben fur den Mathematik- 

Unterricht in der Sekundarstufe I, Hannover: Schroedel. 

11. Herget, W. (2000). Rechnen konnen reicht…eben nicht, Mathematik Lehren, 100, 

4-10. 

12. Heugl, H., Klinger, W. and Lechner, J. (1996). Mathematikunterricht mit CAS, 

Bonn: Addison Wesley. 

13. Hughes-Hallett, D. (1991). Visualization and calculus Reform, Zimmermann, W. 

and Cunningham, S. (Eds.), Visualization in Teaching and Learning 

Mathematics, MAA, Notes No.19, 121-126. 

14. Hu β mann, S. (2003). Mathematik entdecken und erforschen, Theorie und Praxis 

des Selbstlerners in der Sekundarstufe II, Berlin: Cornelsen. 

15. Jungwirth, Helga (1992). Computer und Geschlecht –eine mikro-ethnographische 

analyse von Denk- und Handlungsgewohnheiten beider Nutzung des Computers 

im Unterricht. In Osterreichisches Bun-desministerium fur Unterricht Kultus und 

Sport (Hrsg.): Madchen, Buben und Computer. Reihe Frauen forschung Bd.2, 

wien: 1992, S.15-114. 

16. Jungwirth, Helga (1994). Madchen und buben im Computerun-terricht?, 

Beobachtungen und Erklarungen, ZDM, 26, heft 2, S. 41-48. 

17. KMK (2003). Standards fur den mittleren Bildungsabschluss. www.kmk.org. 

18. KUF (1999). The Curricullum for the 10-year Compulsory School in Norway, 

Oslo: The Royal Ministry of Education, Research and Church Affairs. 

19. Leuders, T., Barzel, b. and Hu β mann, S. (2005). Computer, Internet und co im 

Mathematikunterricht, Berlin: Cornelsen. 

20. Lfs (2004). Landesinstitut fur Schule. Kernlehrplane fur die Sekundarstufe I, 

www.learnline.de/angebote.kernlehrplaene. 

21. Muller, G. N., Steinbring, H. and Wittmann E. C. (1997). 10 jahre >>mathe 

2000

24. Pallasch, W. and Reimers, H. (1997). Padagogische Werkstattrbeit. Eine 

padagogisch-didaktische Konzeption zur Belebung der traditionellen Lernkultur. 

– Weinheim, Munchen: Juventa 

25. Parkhurst, H. (1992). Education on the Dalton Plan, New York: E.P. Dutton & 

Company. 

26. PISA-Konsortium, Deutsches (2000). Schulerleistungen im internationalen 

Vergleich – Eine neue Rahmenkonzeption fur die Erfassung von Wissen und 

Fahigkeitten, Berlin: Max-Planck Institut fur Bildungsforschung. 

27. Ruf, U. and Gallin, P. (1998). Sprache und Mathematik in der Schule, Seelze: 

Kallmeyer. 

28. Steinbring, H. (2005). The Construction of New Mathematical Knowledge in 

Classroom Interaction – An Epistemological Perspective, Heidelberg: Springer. 

29. Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J. (1996). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen Qualitativer 

Sozialforschung, Weinheim: Beltz. 

30. Tall, D. (1997). Functions and Calculus, Bishop, A.J. et al. (Eds.), International 

Handbook of Mathematics Eduation, Dordrecht: Kluwer, 289-325. 

31. Tietze, U., Klika, M. and Wolper, H. (1997). Mathematikunterricht in der 

Sekundarstufe II, Bd.1., Braunschweig/Wiebaden: Vieweg. 

32. Trouche, L. (2002). Une approache instrumentale de lapprentissage des 

mathematiques 

dans des environments de calculatrice symbolique. (an instrumental approach of 

learning matheamtics in a symbolic calculator environment), Guin, D.; Trouche, 

l. (Eds.), Calculatrices symboliques, transformer un outil en un instrument du 

travail mathematique: un probleme didactique, Paris: La pensee sauvage 

editions, 215-242. 

33. Weber, A. (1991). Werkstatttunterricht, Mulheim: Verlag an der Ruhr. www. 

brd.nrw.de/BezRegDdorf/hierrachie/lerntreffs.mathe.structure/sekundar2/vergleic 

hsarbeiten.php 

9. Computer Algebra, Instrumentation and the Anthropological Approach 

John Monaghan. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Artigue, M. (2001). Learning Mathematics in a CAS Environment: The 

Genesis of a Reflection about Instrumentation and the Dialectics between 

Technical and Conceptual Work, Retrieved 12 December, 2005 from 

http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events /freudenthal/ 

2. Artigue, M. (2002). Learning mathematics in a CAS Environment: The 

Genesis of a Reflection about Instrumentation and the Dialectics between 

Technical and Conceptual Work. International Journal of Computers for 

Mathematical Learning, 7(3), 245-274. 

3. Artigue, M. (2005). The integration of symbolic calculators into secondary 

education: some lessons from didactical engineering, Guin, D., Ruthven, K. 

and Trouche, L. (Eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic calculators: 

Turning a computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: 

Springer, 231-294. 

4. Chevallard, Y. (1999) L’analyse des practiques enseignantes en theorie 

anthropologique du didactioque, Recherches en Didactioque des 

Mathematiques, 19,221-226. 

5. Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline, 


Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 

6. Cole, M. and Wertsch, J. V. (1996). Beyond the individual-social antimony in 

discussions of Piaget and Vygotsky. Retrieved 9 September, 2005 from 

http://www. Massey.ac.bz/-alock//virtual/colevyg.htm 

7. Cuoco, A. (2002). Thoughts on reading Artigue’s “Learning mathematics in a 

CAS environment”, International Journal of Computers for Mathematical 

Learning, 7(3),293-299. 

8. Drijvers, P. (1995). White-box/black-box revisited. The International Derive 

Journal, 2(3), 3-4. 

9. Drijvers, P. and Gravemeijer, K. (2005). Computer algebra as an instrument: 

Examples of algebraic schemes, Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. 

(Eds.), The Didactical challenge of symbolic calculators: Turning a 

computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer, 

163-197. 

10. Engestrom, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding, Helsinki: orienta-Konsultit 

Oy. See also documents retrieved 12 December, 2005 from 

http://communication.ucsd.edu/MCA/Paper/Engestrom/expandind/toc.htm 

11. Gibson, K. R. (1993). Tool use, language and social behaviours in 

relationship to information processing capacities, Gibson, K. R and Ingold, T. 

(Eds.), Tools, language and cognition in human evolution, Cambridge 

University Press 251-278. 

12. Guin, D. and Trouche, L. (1999). The complex process of converting tools 

into mathematical instruments: The case of calculators, International Journal 

of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 3(3), 195-227. 

13. Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. (Eds.), (2005). The didactical 

challenge of symbolic calculators: Turning a computational device into a 

mathematical instrument, New York: Springer. 

14. Hershkowitz, R. and Schwarz, B. (1999). The emergent perspective in rich 

learning environments: Some roles of tools and activities in the construction 

of sociomathematical norms, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 39, 149- 

166. 

15. Heugl, H. (1996). The Austrian Research Project: Symbolic computation in 

the classroom, The International Derive Journal , 3(1), 1-10. 

16. Hirlimann, A. (1996). Computer algebra systems in French secondary 

schools, The International Derive Journal, , 3(3),1-4. 

17. Hoyles, C. (2003). From instrumenting and orchestrating to designing and 

recognizing diversity, Retrieved 12 December, 2005 from 

http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/reims/ 

18. Hoyles, C., Noss, R. and Kent, P. (2004). On the integration of digital 

technologies into mathematics classrooms. International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 9 No 3, 309-326. 

19. Kendal, M. Stacey, K. and Pierce, R. (2005). ). The influence of a computer 

algebra environment on teachers’ practice, Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and 

Trouche, L. (Eds.), The Didactical Challengge of symbolic Calculators: 

Turning a computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: 

Springer, 83-112. 

20. Lagrange, J-B. (1999a). A didactic approach of the use of Computer Algebra 

Systems to learn mathematics. Retrieved 12 December, 2005 from 

http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/weizman/ 

21. Lagrange, J-B. (1999b). Complex calculators in the classroom: Theoritical 

and practical reflections on teaching pre-calculus, International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 4(1), 51-81. 


22. Lagrange, J-B. (2005a). Transposing computer tools from the Mathematical 

Sciences into teaching, Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. (Eds.), The 

didactical challenge of symbolic calculators: Turning a computational device 

into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer, 67-82. 

23. Lagrange, J-B. (2005b). Using symbolic calculators to study mathematics, 

Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. (Eds.), The didactical challenge of 

symbolic calculators: Turning a computational device into a mathematical 

instrument, New York: Springer, 113-136. 

24. Lagrange, J-B. (2005c). Curricullum, classroom practices and tool design in 

the learning of functions through technology-aided experimental approaches, 

International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 10(2), 143- 

189. 

25. Leont’ev, A. N. (1978). Activity, conxciousness, and personality. Englewood 

Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. 

26. Lerman, S. (1996) Intersubjectivityin mathematics learning: A challenge to 

the radical constructivist paradigm?, Journal for Research in Mathematics 

Education, 27(2), 133-150. 

27. Lerman, S. (2001). Cultural, discursive psychology: A sociocultural aprroach 

to studying in the teaching and learning of mathematics, Educational Studies 

in Mathematics, 46, 87-113. 

28. Monaghan, J. (2001). Reaction to Indispensible manual calculation skills in a 

CAS environment. MicroMath, 17(1), 9-11. 

29. Monaghan, J. (2004). Teachers’ activities in technology-based mathematics 

lessons, International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 

9(3), 327-357. 

30. Monaghan, J. (2004). Review of “The Didactical Challenge of Symbolic 

Calculators: Turning a Computational Device into A Mathematical 

Instrument’, The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics 

Education, 11(4), 153-157. 

31. Monaghan, J. and Ozmantar, M.F. (2006). Abstraction and consolidation. 

Educational Studies in Mathematics, 62(3), 233-258. 

32. Noss, R. and Hoyles, C. (1996). Windows on mathematical meanings: 

Learning cultures and computers, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 

33. Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. (1969) The psychology of the child, London: 

Routledge & Kegan Paul. 

34. Pozzi, S. (1994). Algebraic reasoning and CAS: freeing students from 

syntax?, Heugl, H. and Kuztler, B. (Eds.), DERIVE in Education: 

opportunities and strategies, Bromley: Chartwell-Bratt, 171-188. 

35. Sahlberg, P. and Berry, J. (2003) Small Group Learning in Mathematics: 

Teachers’ and pupils’ ideas about goupwork in school, Painosalama Oy: 

Finish Educational Researh Association. 

36. Trouche, L. (2003). Managing the complexity of human/ machine interaction 

in a computer based learning environment: Guiding students’ process 

command through instrumental orchestrations, Retrieved 12 December, 2005 

from http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/reims/ 

37. Trouche, L. (2004). Managing the complexity of human/ machine interaction 

in a computer based learning environment: Guiding students’ process 

command through instrumental orchestrations, International Journal of 


38. Trouche, L. (2005). An instrumental approach to mathematics learning in 

symbolic calculators environments, Guin, D., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. 

(Eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic calculators: Turning a 


computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer, 

137-162. 

39. Verillon, P. and Rabardel, P. (1995). Cognition and Artefacts: a contribution 

to the study of thought in relation to instrumented activity, European Journal 

of Psychology of Education, 10(1), 77-101. 

40. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society, Cambridge, MA: Harvard 

University Press. 

41. Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action, New York/ Oxford: Oxford 


42. Yackel, E. and Cobb, P. (1996). Sociomathematical Norms, Argumentation, 

and Autonomy in Mathematics , Journal for Research in Mathematics 

Education, 27(4), 458-477. 

10. Didactic Time, Epistemic Gain and Consistent Tool: Taking Care of Teachers' 

Needs for Classroom Use of CAS 

Jean-Baptiste Lagrange. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Abboud-Blanchard, M. and Lagrange J-B. (2006). Uses of ICT by pre-service 

teachers, The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education, 

13(4), 183-190. 

2. Artigue, M. (2002). Learning mathematics in a CAS environment: The genesis of 

a reflection about instrumentation and the dialectics between technical and 

conceptual work, International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning 

7(3), 254-274. 

3. Assude, T., and Gelis, J. M. (2003) La dialectique ancien-nouveau dans 

l’integration de Cabri-geometre a l’ecole primaire, Educational Studies in 


4. Assude, T. (2005) Time management in the work economy of a class, A case 

study: Integration of Cabri in primary school mathematics teaching, Educational 

Studies in Mathematics, 59, 183-203. 

5. Barzel, B. (2003). MUKI – Teaching mathematics between construction and 

instruction. 3 rd CAME symposium, Retrieved on November 6 th 2006 from 

http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/reims/ 

6. Barzel, B.; Frohlich, I.; Stachniss-Carp, S. (2003): Das ABC der ganzrationalen 

Funktionen, Lehrerheft.-Stuttgart: Klett. 

7. Bottino, R. M. and Furinghetti, F. (1996). The emerging of teachers’ conceptions 

of new subjects inserted in mathematics programs: the case of informatics, 

Educational Studies in Mathematics, 30, 109-134. 

8. Dana-Picard, T. (2005). Enhancing conceptual insight: Plane curves in a 

computerised learning environment, The International Journal for Technology in 

Mathematics Education. 12(1),33-43. 

9. Kendal, M., and Stacey, K. (1999). CAS, Calculus and 

CLASSROOMS,.Zaslavsky, O. (Ed.), Proceedings of the twenty-third conference 

of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education, volume 

3, Haifa, Israel: Technion, 129-136. 

10. Lagrange, J.-B. (1999). Complex calculators in the classroom: Theoretical and 

practical reflections on teaching pre-calculus, International Journal of Computers 

for Mathematical Learning, 4,51-81 

11. Lagrange, J.-B. (2005a). Using symbolic calculators to study mathematics. Guin, 


D. Ruthven, K. and Trouche L. (Eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic 

calculators: Turning a computational device into a mathematical instrument, 

New York: Springer. 

12. Lagrange, J.-B. (2005b). Curricullum, classroom practices, and tool design in the 

learning of functions through technology-aided experimental approaches, 

International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 10(2), 143-189. 

13. Lumb, S., Monaghan, J. and Mulligan, S. (2000). Issues arising when teachers 

make extensive use of computer algebra, The International Journal of Computer 

Algebra in Mathematics Education, 7(4), 223-240. 

14. Monaghan, J. (2007) . Computer Algebra, instrumentation and the 

anthropological aprroach, International Journal of Technology in Mathematics 

Education, 14(2), 63-72. 

15. Mounier, G. and Aldon G. (1996). A Problem story: Factorisations of x n -1, 

International DERIVE Journal, 3(3), 51-61. 

16. Schneider, E. (1999). La TI-92 dans l’enseignement des mathematiques, des 

enseignant(e)s decouvrent la didactique des mathematiques, Guin D. (Ed.) Actes 

du congres

6. Lagrange, J.-B. (2003). Learning techniques and concepts using CAS: A 

practical and theoretical reflection, Fey, J. T. (Ed.), Computer Algebra Systems in 

secondary school mathematics education, Reston, VA: National Council of 

Teachers of Mathematics, 269-283. 

7. Mounier, G. and Aldon, G. (1996). A problem story: Factorisations of x –1. 

International DERIVE Journal, 3, 51-61. 

8. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (2000). Principles and Standards 

for School Mathematics, Reston, VA: NCTM. 

9. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2004). Learning for 

tomorrow’s world - First results from PISA 2003. Paris: OCED. 

12. Reflections on John Monaghan's "Computer Algebra, Instrumentation, and the 

Anthropological Approach" 

Glen Blume. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Artigue, M. (2005). The integration of symbolic calculators into secondary 

education: some lessons from didactical engineering, Guin, D. Ruthven, K. and 

Trouche, L. (Eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic calculators: Turning a 

computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer, 231- 

294. 

2. Guin, D. and Trouche, L. (1999). The complex process of converting tools into 

mathematical instruments: the case of calculators, International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 82, 410-419. 

3. Heid, M.K. (1989). How symbolical mathematical systems could and should 

affect precollege Mathematics Teacher, 82, 410-419. 

4. Hoyles , C. (2003). From instrumenting and orchestrating convergence to 

designing and recognising diversity, Paper presented at the Third CAME 

Symposium, Learning in a CAS Environment: Mind-Machine Interaction, 

Curriculum and Assessment, Reims, France. Retrieved January 9, 2006 from 

http://www. lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/reims/ 

5. Lagrange, J.-B. (1999). Complex calculators in the classroom: Theoretical and 

practical reflections on teaching pre-calculus, International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 4,51-81 

6. Lagrange, J.-B. (2005). Using symbolic calculators to study mathematics. Guin, 

D. Ruthven, K. and Trouche L. (Eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic 

calculators: Turning a computational device into a mathematical instrument, 

New York: Springer, 113-136. 

7. McLeod, D. B. (1992). Research on affect in mathematics education: A 

Reconceptualization, Grouws, D. A. (Ed. ), Handbook of research on 

mathematics teaching and learning, New York: Macmillan, 575-596. 

8. Trouche, L. (2005). An instrumental approach to mathematics learning in 

symbolic calculators environments. Guin, D. Ruthven, K. and Trouche L. (Eds.), 

The didactical challenge of symbolic calculators : Turning a computational 

device into a mathematical instrument. New York: Springer, 137-162. 

13. The Impact of CAS on Our Understanding of Mathematics Education 

Werner Peschek. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 



[REFERENCES] 

1. Buchberger, B. (1989). Should Students Learn Integration Rules? RISC-Linz 

Series no. 89. 

2. Elbaz-Vincent, P. (2005). A CAS as an assistant to reasoned instrumentation, 

Guin, C., Ruthven, K. and Trouche, L. (Eds.), The Didactical Challenge of 

Symbolic Calculators. Turning a Computational Device into a Mathematical 

Instrument, Springer, New York, 41-65. 

3. Fischer, R. (1991). Mathematik und gesellschaftlicher Wandel. Journal fur 

Mathematik-Didactik, 12(4), 323-345. 

4. Fischer, R. (n.d). Hohere Allgemeinbildung. Typoscript, Universitat 

Klagenfurt/ Wien. 

5. Heymann, H. W. (1996). Allgemeinbildung und Mathematik, Beltz: 

Weinheim-basel. 

6. Heymann, H. W. (1999). Was ist eine zeitgemabe mathematische 

Allgemeinbildung? Kadunz, G., Ossitmitz, G., Peschek, W., Schneider, E. and 

Winkelmann, B. (Eds.), Mathematische Bildung und Neue Technologien, 

Teubner, Stuttgart-Leipzig, 147-166. 

7. Maab, J. and Schlolgmann, W. (1988). Die mathematisierte Welt im 

schwarzen Kasten – die Bedeutung der Black Boxes als Transfermedium, 

Bamme, A. et al. (Eds.). Technologische Zivilisationund die Transformation 

des Wissens, Munchen: Profil, 379-398. 

8. Peschek, W. (1999). Mathematische Bildung meint auch Verzicht auf Wissen. 

In G. kadunz, et el. (Eds.), Mathematische Bildung und Neue Teshnologien 

(pp. 263-270). Teubner, Stuttgart-Leipzig. 

9. Peschek, W. and Schneider, E. (2001). How to identify basic knowledge and 

basic skills? Features of modern general education in Mathematics, 

International Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Eduacation, 8(1), 

7-22. 

10. Schneider, E. (2002). Computeralgebrasysteme in einem allgemeinbildenden 

Mathematikunterricht. Didaktische Orientierungen – Praktische Erfahrungen, 

Munchen-Wien: Profil. 

11. Schneider, E. and Peschek, W. (2002). Computer Algebra systems (CAS) and 

Mathematical Communication. International Journal of Computer Algebra in 

Mathematics Education, 9(3), 229-242. 

ISSUE 3 

14. A Case Study of the Issues Arising When Teachers Adopt the Use of a New Form 

of Technology in their Teaching for the First Time 

John S Berry, Ted Graham, Suki Honey, Carrie Headlam. The International Journal for 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Bright, G. and Prokosch, N. (1995) Middle School Mathematics Teachers’ 

Learning to Teach with Calculators and Computers: part II Teacher Change, 

School Science and Mathematics, 95, 338-345. 

2. Craft, A. (1996) Continuing Professional Development: A Practical Guide for 

Teachers and Schools, London: Routledge Falmer. 

3. Demetriadis , S., Barbas, A., Molohides, A., Palaigeorgiou, G., Psillos, D., 

Vlahavas, I.,Tsoukalas, I. And Pombortis, A. (2003) Cultures in negotiation: 

teachers’ acceptance/resistance attitudes considering the infusion of technology 


into schools, Computers and Education, 6, 267-280. 

4. DfEE, (2001) Key Stage 3 National Strategy, Framework for Teaching 

Mathematics: Years 7, 8, and 9, London: DfEE. 

5. Doerr, J.M. and Zangor, R. (1999) The teacher, the task and the tool: The 

emergence of classroom norms. International Journal of Computer Algebra in 

Mathematics Education, 6, 267-280. 

6. Fleener, M.J. (1995) A Survey of matheamtics Teachers’ Attitudes about 

Calculators: The Impact of Philosophical Orientation, Journal Of Computers in 

Mathematics and Science Teaching, 14,481-498. 

7. Fullan, M. (1987) The New Meaning of Educational Change, 2 nd edition, London: 

Continuum. 

8. Graham, E., Headlam, C.,Honey, S., Sharp, J. and Smith, A. (2003), The Use of 

Graphics Calculators by Students in an Examination: What do they really do? , 

International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 3, 

319-334. 

9. Guskey, T. (2002) Professional Development and teacher Change, Teachers and 

Teaching: Theory and Practice, 8, 381-391. 

10. Leach, J. and Moon, B. (2000) Pedagogy, information and communication 

technology and teachers’ professional development, The Curricullum Journal, 

11, 385-404. 

11. Marx, R. (1998) New Technologies for Teacher Professional Development, in 

Moon, B., Butcher, J. and bird, E. (eds) Leading Professional Development in 

Education, London: Routledge Falmer, 281-293. 

12. Moonen, B. and Voogt, J. (1998) Using Networks to support the professional 

Development of teachers in Moon, B., Butcher, J. and bird, E. (eds) Leading 

Professional Development in Education, London: Routledge Falmer, 294-302. 

13. Norton, S., McRobbie, C. and Cooper, T. (2000) Exploring Secondary 

Mathematics Teachers’ Reasons for not Using Computers in their Teaching: Five 

Case Studies, Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 33, 87-110. 

14. Putnam, R. and Borko, H. (2000) What do new views of knowledge and thinking 

have to say about research on teacher learning? In Moon, B., Butcher, J. and Bird 

, E., (eds) Leading Professional Development in Education, London: Routledge 

Falmer, 11-29. 

15. Reynolds, D., Treharne, D. and Tripp, H. (2003) ICT-the hopes and the reality, 

British Journal of Educational Technology, 34, 151-167. 

16. Rodd, M. and Monaghan. J. (2002) Graphic Calculator use in Leeds Schools, 

fragments of practice, Journal of Information Technology for Teacher Education, 

11,93-108. 

17. Simonsen, L. and Dick, T. (1997) Teachers’ Perceptions of the impact of 

Graphing Calculators in the Mathematics Classroom, Journal of Computer in 

Mtahematics and Science Teaching, 16, 239-268. 

18. Watson, G. (2001) Models of Information Technology Teacher Professional 

Development that Engage with Teachers’ Hearts and Minds, Journal of 

Information Technology for Teacher Education, 10, 179-190. 

19. William, D., Coles, L., Richardson, A. and Tuson. J. (2000) , Integrating 

Information and Communications Technology in Professional Practice: an 

analysis of teachers’ needs based on a survey of primary and secondary teachers 

in Scottish Schools, Journal of Information Tehnology for Teacher Education, 9, 

167-182. 


15. Experiences in the Integration of CAS into Engineering Education at the 

University of Pécs 

Csaba Sárvári. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Alligood, K. T., Sauer, T. D. and Yorke, J. A. (1997) Chaos, An introduction to 

the dynamical systems, New York: Springer. 

2. Goldin, Gerald A. and Kaput, James J. (1996) A joint perspective on the idea of 

representation in learning and doing mathematics, in L.P. Steffe and P. Nesher 

(eds.), Theories of Mathematical Learning, Marwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum 

Associates, 397-430. 

3. Greeno, J. G. (1989) Situations, mental models, and generative knowledge, in 

D.Klahr and K.Kotovsky (eds), Complex information processing, Hillsdale, NJ: 

Erlbaum, 258-318. 

4. Hiebert, J. and Carpenter, T. P. (1992) Learning and teaching with understanding. 

In D.A. Grouws (ed.), Handbook of research on mathematics teaching and 

learning, New York: Macmillan, 65-97. 

5. Lesh, R., Post , T. and Behr, M. (1987) Representations and translations among 

representation in mathematics teaching and problem solving, in C. Janvier (ed), 

Problems of representations in the teaching and learning of mathematics, 

Mahwah, NJ: lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 33-40. 

6. Luenberger, D. (1973) Introduction to Linear and Nonlinear Programming, 

Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. 

7. Lorentz E. N. (1963) Deterministic nonperiodic flow, Journal of Atmospheric 

Science, 20, 130-141 

8. Sarvari, C. and Klincsik, M (2003) From iteration to one-dimensional discrete 

dynamic systems using CAS, Teaching Mathematics and Computer Science 1(2), 

271-296 

9. Szidarovszky, F. (1978) Principles and Procedures of Numerical Analysis, New 

York: Plenum Press. 

16. Factors Influencing the Integration of Computer Algebra Systems into 

University-Level Mathematics Education 

Zsolt Lavicza. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Andrews, P. and Hatch, G. (2000), A Comparison of Hungarian and English 

Teachers’ Conceptions of Mathematics and its Teaching, Educational Studies in 


2. Artigue, M. (2005) The integration of symbolic calculators into secondary 

education: some lessons from didactical engineering, in D. Guin & K. Ruthven 

and L. Trouche (eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic calculators- turning 

a computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer Inc., 

197-231. 


3. Atweh, B., Clarkson, P. and Nebres, B. (2003) Mathematics Education in 

International and Global Context, in A. J. Bishop. M. A. Clements, C. Keitel, J. 

Kilpatrick and F.K.S. Leung (eds.), Second International Handbook of 

Mathematics Education volume 1, Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer 

Academic Publishers, 185-229. 

4. Becker, H. (2000) Findings from the teaching, learning and computer survey: is 

Larry Cuban right? Teaching, learning, and computing: National Survey Report. 

Irvine, California: Center for Research on Information Technology and 

Organizations, University of California Irvine. 

5. Bottino, R.M. and Furinghetti, F. (1996) The emerging of teachers’ conceptions 

of new subjects inserted in mathematics programs: the case of informatics, 


6. Connors, M. A. and Snook, K. G. (2001) The Effects of Hand-Held CAS on 

Student Achievement in a First Year College Core Calculus Sequence, The 

International Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 8(2), 99- 

114. 

7. Cuban, L., Kirkpatrick, H. and Peck C. (2001) High access and low use of 

technologies in high school classrooms: Explaining the an apparent paradox, 

American Educational Research Journal, 38(40, 813-834. 

8. DeAlwis, T. (2002), Computer Algebra Systems in an multivariable calculus 

course and center of gravity problems, Paper presentesd at the 2 nd International 

Conference on the Teaching of Mathematics at the Undergraduate Level, 

Hersonissos, Crete, Greece. 

9. Franco, A., Franco, P., Garcia, A., Garcia, F., Gonzalez, F.J., Hoya, S., 

Rodriguez, G. and de la Villa, A. (2000) Learning Calculus of Several Variables 

with New Technologies, The International Journal of Computer Algebra in 

Mathematics Education, 7(4), 295-309. 

10. Glaser, B. and Strauss, A. (1967) The discovery of grounded theory: strategies 

for qualitative research, New York: Aldine. 

11. Harris, G. A. (2000) The use of a computer Algebra System in Capstone 

Mathematics Courses for Undergraduate Mathematics Majors, The International 

Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 7(1), 33-62. 

12. Hennessy, S., Ruthven, K. and Brindley, S. (2005) Teacher perspectives on 

integrating ICT into subject teaching: commitment, constraints, caution, and 

change. Journal of Curricullum Studies, 37(2), 155-192. 

13. Johnson, B. R. and Onweugbuzie, A. J. (2004) Mixed methods research: a 

research paradigm whose time has come. Educational Researcher. 33(7), 14-26. 

14. Kaiser, G. (1999) International Comparisons in Mathematics Education under the 

Perspective of Comparative Educations, in G. Kaiser, E. Luna and I. Huntley 

(eds.), International Comparissons in Mathematics Education volume 11, 

London: Falmer Press, 3-15. 

15. Kaput, J.J. (1992) Technology and Mathematics Education, in D.A. Grouws 

(ed.), Handbook of Research on Mathematics Teaching and Learning, New York: 

Macmillan, 515-516. 

16. Laborde, C. (2001) Intergration of Technology in the Design of Geometry Tasks 

with Cabri-Geometry, International Journal of Computers for Mathematical 

Learning, 6, 283-317. 

17. Lagrange, J-. B., Artigue, M., Laborde, C. and Trouche, L. (2003) Technology 

and Mathematics education: multidimensional overview of recent research and 

innovation, in A.J. Bishop, M. A. Clements, C. Keitel, J. Kilpatrick and F. K. S. 

Leung (eds.), Second International Handbook of Mathematics Education volume 

1, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 237-270. 


18. Lavicza, Z. (2004) The description of the initial phases of an instructional 

technology assessment project at the University of Michigan, in C. Sarvari (ed.), 

Computer Algebra Systems and Dynamic Geometry Systems in Mathematics 

Teaching, Pecs, Hungary: University of Pecs, 97-112. 

19. Leatham, K. R. (2002) Preservice secondary mathematics teachers’ beliefs about 

teaching with technology, Unpblished Dissertation, University of Georgia, 

Athens, GA. 

20. Mason, J. (2001) Professionalisation of teaching in higher education in the United 

Kingdom, in D. Holton (Ed.), The Teaching and Learning of Mathematics at 

University Level, ICMII-11 Study, Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic 

Publishers, 529-538. 

21. Monaghan, J. (2004) Teachers’ activities in technology-based matheamatics 

lessons , International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 9, 327- 

357. 

22. Mura, R. (1993) Images of mathematics held by university teachers of 

mathematical sciences, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 28(4), 375-385. 

23. Pajares, F. M. (1982) Teachers’ beliefs and educational research: cleaning up a 

messy construct, Review of Educational Research, 62(3), 307-332. 

24. Ruthven, K. and Hennessy, S. (2002) A Practitioner Model of the Use of 

Computer-Based Tools and Resources to Support Mathematics Teaching and 

Learning, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 49, 47-88. 

25. Schrock, C. S. (1989) Calculus and computing: an exploratory studt to examine 

the effectiveness of using a Computer Algebra System to develop increased 

conceptual understanding in a first semester calculus course, Manhattan, Kansas: 

Kansas State University. 

26. Stacey, K., Kendal, M. and Pierce, R. (2002) Teaching with CAS in a time of 

Transition, International Jornal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 

9(2), 113-127. 

27. Steen, L. A. (1988) The science of patterns, Science, 240, 611-616. 

28. Strauss, A. and Corbin, J. (1998) Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and 

procedures for developing gronded theory, Newburry Park, CA: Sage. 

29. Thomas, M. and Holton, D (2003) Technology as a tool for teaching 

undergraduate mathematics, in A. J. Bishop, M.A. Clements, C. Keitel, J. 

Kilpatrick and F. K. S. Leung (eds.), Second International Handbook of 

Mathematics Education volume 1, Dordrech, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic 

Publishers, 351-394. 

30. Van Stone, E. J. (1995) The effects of symbolic manipulator use in the teaching 

of mathematics: The case of Derive, (Indiana University, 1994). Dissertation 

Abstracts International, 56, 485A. 

31. Wong, N. Y. (2003) Influence of technology on the mathematics curriculum, in 

A. J. Bishop, M. A. Clements, C. Keitel, J. Kilpatrick and F. K. S. Leung (eds.), 

Second International Handbook of Mathematics Education volume 1, Dordrecht: 

Kluwer Academic Publishers, 271-322. 

17. Projects Using a Computer Algebra System in First-year Undergraduate 

Mathematics 

Martin Rosenzweig. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Argyris, C. and Schon , D. A. (1978) Organizational Learning: a Theory of 


Action Perspective, Reading: Addison-Wesley. 

2. Bolman, L. G. and Deal T. E. (1991) Reframing Organizations: Artistry, Choice 

and Leadership, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 

3. Cooper, J., Prescott, S., Cook, L., Smith, L., Mueck, R. and Cuseo, J. (1990) 

Cooperative Learning and College Instruction: Effective Use of Student Learning 

Teams, Long Beach, CA: California State University Foundation. 

4. Davidson, N. (ed) (1990) Cooperative Learning in Mathematics: a Handbook for 

Teachers, Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley. 

5. Garvin, D. A. (1993) Building a learning organization, Harvard Business Review 

(July-August 1993), 78-91 

6. Johnson, D. W. and Johnson, R. T. (1991) Learning Together and Alone: 

Cooperative, Competitive, and Individualistic Learning, Boston: Allyn and 

Bacon. 

7. Rosenzweig, M. S. (1994) Throwing students a curve: a laboratory approach to 

business calculus, PRIMUS, 4, 420. 

8. Rosenzweig, M. S (1995) The effect of reward structure on cooperative learning , 

Proceedings of the Problem Solving Across the Curricullum conference, Aurora, 

NY: Wells College. 

9. Rosenzweig, M. S (1998) A Successful strategy for cooperative learning in 

Mathematics. (Poster session) Samos, Greece. 

10. Rosenzweig, M. S (2001) Facilitated cooperative learning in first-year 

mathematics, Warthog Delta ’01 Conference, Kruger National Park, South 

Africa. 

11. Rosenzweig, M. S and Segovis, J. (1996) Building collaborative student groups 

for learning and performance, Society for Teaching and Learning in Higher 

Education conference, Ottawa, Canada. 

12. Senge, P.M (1990) The Fifth Discipline, New York: Doubleday. 

18. Technological Discourse on CAS-based Operative Knowledge 

Giora Mann, Thierry Dana-Picard, Nurit Zehavi. The International Journal for 

Technology in Mathematics Education. Plymouth: 2007. Vol. 14, Iss. 3; p. 113 (8 

pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Artigue, M. (2002) Learning mathematics in a CAS environment: The genesis of 

a reflection about instrumentation and the dialectics between technical and 

conceptual work, International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning 

7(30, 245-274. 

2. Chevallard, Y (1992) Concepts fondamentaux de la didactique: perspectives 

apportees par une approche anthhropologique, Recherrches en Didactique des 

Mathematiques, 12(1), 77-111. 

3. Chevallard, Y (1999) L’ analyse des pratiques enseignantes en theorie 

anthropogique du didactique. Recherches en Didactique des Mathematiques, 

19(2), 221-266. 

4. Dana-Picard, T. (2004) Technology as a by pass for a lack of theoritical 

knowledge, International Journal for Technology inMathematics Education, 

11(3), 101-109. 

5. Heid, M. K. (2002) How theories about the learning and knowing of mathematics 

can inform the use of CAS in school mathematics: One perspective, International 

Journal for technology in Mathematics Education, 9(2), 95-112. 


6. Kirwan, F. (1992) Complex plane curves, London Mathematical Society Students 

Texts 23, London: London Mathematical Society. 

7. Lagrange, J-B (1999) Complex calculators in the classroom: Theoretical and 

practical reflections on teaching pre-calculus. International Journal of Computers 

for Mathematical Learning 4( 1),51-81. 

8. Lagrange, J-B (2000) L’integration d’instruments informatiques dans 

l’enseignment: une approche par les techniques, Educational Studies in 

Mathematics, 43(1), 1-30. 

9. Lagrange, J-B (2005) Using symbolic calculators to study mathematics, in D. 

Guin, K. Rurhven and L. Trouche (eds.), The didactical challenge of symbolic 

calculators : Turning a computational device into a matheamtical instrument, 

New York: Springer, 113-116. 

10. Peschek, W. and Schneider, E. (2001) How to identify basic knowledge and 

basic skills? Features of modern general education in mathematics, The 

International Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 8(1), 7- 

22. 

11. Peschek, W. (2005), The impact of CAS on our understanding of mathematics 

education, Retrieved on Oktober 15, 2006, from: 

http://www.lonklab.ac.uk/came/events/CAME4/CAME4-topic2-Peschekpaper.pdf. 

12. Pierce R. and Stacey K. (2004) A framework for monitoring progress and 

planning teaching towards the effective use of Computer Algebra Systems, 

International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning 9(1),59-94. 

13. Reid, M. (1992) Undergraduate algebraic geometry, London Mathematical 

Society Student Texts 12, London: London Mathematical Society. 

14. Trouche, L. (2005) An instrumental approach to mathematics learning in 

symbolic calculators environments, in D. Guin, K. Ruthven and L. Trouche 

(eds.), The Didactical Challenge of Symbolic Calculators: Turning a 

Computational device into a mathematical instrument, New York: Springer,137- 

162. 

15. Zehavi, N (2004) Symbol sense with symbolic-graphical system: A story in three 

rounds, Journal of Mathematical Behaviour, 23, 183-203. 

16. Zehavi, N. and Mann G. (2005) Instrumented techniques and reflective thinking 

in analytic geometry, The Montana Mathematical Enthusiast, Retrieved on 

October 15, 2006 from 

http://www.montanamath.org/TMME/v2n2/TMMEv2n2al.pdf 

19. Technologies for Teaching and Learning about Box Plots and Statistical Analysis 

Patricia A Forster. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Bakker, A. (2004) Design Research in Statistics Education: On Symbolizing and 

Computer Tools. Doctoral Dissertation, Utrecht University, the Netherlands. 

Retrived September 14, 2005, 

http://www.stat.auckland.ac.nz/iase/publications/dissertations/04.Bakker.Disserta 

tion.pdf 

2. Bakker, A., Biehler, R. and Konold, C. (2004) Should Young Students Learn 

about Box Plots, Paper presented at the International Association for Statistical 

Education Roundtable, Lund, Sweden. 

3. Biehler, R. (1997) Students’ difficulties in practicing computer-supported data 


analysis: some hypothetical generalizations from results of two exploratory 

studies, in J.Garfield and G. Burill (eds.), Research on the Role of Technology in 

Teaching and Learning Statistics, Vooburg, The Netherlands: International 

Statistics Institute, 169-190. 

4. Biehler, R. (2003) Interrelated learning and Working Environments for 

Supporting the Use of Computer Tools in Introductory Classes, Paper presented 

at the International Association for Statistical Education Satellite Conference on 

Statistics and the Internet, Berlin. Retrieved April 5, 2005. 

http://www.stat.auckland.ac.nz/-iase/publications/6Biehler.pdf 

5. Burrill,G. (1997) Graphing calculators and their potential for teaching and 

learning statistics, in J. Garfield and G. Burill (eds.), Research on the Role of 

Technology in Teaching and Learning Statistics, Vooburg, The Netherlands: 

International Statistics Institute, 15-28. 

6. Cobb, P., McClain, K. and Gravermeijer, K. (2003) Learning about statistical 

covariation. Cognition and Instruction, 21(1), 1-78. 

7. Cobb, P., Gravemeijer, K. P. E., Bowers, J. and Doorman, M. (1997) Statistical 

minitools, Nashville, TN and Utrceht, The Netherlands: Vanderbilt University 

and Freudenthal Institutte. Version 3 retrieved Aptil 5, 2005. 

http://www.fi.uu.nl/wisweb/en 

8. Curricullum Council (2003) Syllabus Manual Year 11 and Year 12, Mathematics, 

Perth, Western Australia: Curricullum Council. 

9. Forster, P. A. (2005) Technologies for bringing about a statistical stance towards 

data analysis, in F. Olivera and R. Sutherland (eds.), Visions of Mathematics 

Education: Embedding Technology in Learning, Proceedings of the 7 th 

International Conference on Technology in Mathematics Teaching, Bristol: 

University od Bristol, 3-10. 

10. Forster, P. A. (2006) Assessing technlogy-based approaches for teaching and 

learning mathematics, International Journal of Mathematical Education in 

Science and Technology, 37(2), 145-164. 

11. Groves, S. and Obregon, D. (2001) The graphic calulator as a thinking tools: 

Perspectives from the classroom. Paper presented Educational Research 

(AARE),_Fremantle, Australia, Retrieved December 2, 2004. 

http://www.aare.edu.au/01pap/gro01638.htm 

12. Guin, D. and Trouche, L. (1999) The complex process of converting tools into 

mathematical instruments: The Case of calulators, International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 3, 195-227. 

13. Hatsell, M. (2002) Autograph 2.10, Oundle, UK: Eastmond Publishing. 

14. Jones, P. (1997) Examining the educational potential of computer-based 

technology in statistics, in J.Garfield and G. Burill (eds.), Research on the Role 

of Technology in Teaching and Learning Statistics, Vooburg, The Netherlands: 

International Statistics Institute, 233-242. 

15. Konold, C. and Pollatsek, A. (2002) Data analysis as the search for signals in 

noisy processes. Journal for research in Mathematics Education, 33(4), 259-289. 

16. Lehrer, R. and Scchauble, L. (2004) Modelling through natural distribution, 

American Educational Research Journal, 41(3), 635-679. 

17. McClain, K. nd Cobb, P. (2001) Supporting students’ ability to reason about data, 


18. Mcmillen, D. A., Old, W. M., Bleihaum, J.L., Nicolet, C. M. and Resing, K. R. 

(2000) Job compensation in the biotechnology core laboratory, Nature 

Biotechnology, 18, 686-689. 

19. Michiels, S. and Raeymaekers, B. (2000) Basics: Histogram and Box Plot, 

Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. Retrieved April 5, 2005. http://www. 


kuleuven.ac.be/ucs/java/ 

20. Nicholson, J. (1997) Developing probabilistic and statistical reasoning at the 

secondary level through the use of data and technology, in J.Garfield and G. 

Burill (eds.), Research on the Role of Technology in Teaching and Learning 

Statistics, Vooburg, The Netherlands: International Statistics Institute, 29-45. 

21. Pfannkuch, M., Budgett, S., Parsonage, R. and Horring, J. (2004) Comparison of 

Data Plots: Building a Pedagogical Framework, Paper presented at Topic Study 

Group 11 of the 10th International Congress on Mathematical Education. 

Copenhagen, Denmark. Retrieved September 14, 2005, http://www. icmeorganisers.dk/tsg11/ 

22. Povey, H. and Ransom, M. (2000) Some undergraduate students’ perceptions of 

using technology for mathematics: Tales of resistance, International Journal of 


23. Ruthven, K. and Kynigos, C. (2005) Theme 3. Theories of tool use, in F. Olivera 

and R. Sutherland (eds.), Visions of Mathematics Education: Embedding 

Technology in Learning, Proceedings of the 7 th International Conference on 

Technology in Mathematics Teaching, Bristol: University od Bristol, 1. 

24. Sfard, A. (1991). On the dual nature of mathematical conceptions: Reflections on 

processes and objects as different sides of the same coin, Educational Studies in 


25. Tukey, J. (1977) Exploratory Data Analysis. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. 

ISSUE 4 

20. An Assessment of Web-Based Homework in the Teaching of College Algebra 

Mahmoud Affouf, Thomas P Walsh. The International Journal for Technology in 

Mathematics Education. Plymouth: 2007. Vol. 14, Iss. 4; p. 163 (5 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Barker, S. (1997) CHARLIE: A computer-managed homework asessment and 

response, learning and instruction environment, Proceedings of Frontiers in 

Education (FIE), Pittsburg: PA. 

2. Black, P., Harrison, C., Lee, C., Marshall, B. and William D. (2004). Asessment 

for Learning, Milton Keynes: Open University Press. 

3. Cooper, H., Lindsay, J., Nye, B. and Greathouse, S. (1998) Relationships among 

attitudes about homework, amount of homework assigned and completed, and 

student achievement. Journal Of Educational Psychology, 90(1), 70-83. 

4. Engelbrecht, J. and Harding, A. (2004) Combining Online and Paper Assesment 

in a Web-based Course in Undergraduate Mathematics, Journal of Computers in 

Mathematics and Science Teaching, 24(3), 229-253. 

5. Hauk, S. and Segalla, A. (2005) Student Perceptions of the Web-Based 

Homework Program WeBwork in Moderate Enrolment College Algebra Classes, 

Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 24(3), 229-253. 

6. Keith, T.Z. (1982) Time Spent on homework and high school grades: A largesample 

path anslysis, Journal of Educational Psychology, 74(2), 248-253. 

7. Keith, T.Z., Reimers, T. M., Fehrmann, P.G., Pottebaum, S. M. and Aubey, L.W. 

(1986) Parental Involvement, Homework, and TV Time: Direct and Indirect 

Effects on High School Achievement, Journal of Educational Psychology, 78(5), 

373-380. 

8. Milkent, M., and Roth, W. (1989) Enhancing student achievement through 

computer-generated homework, Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 26(7), 

567-573. 

9. National Research Council (2001) Classroom Assessment and the National 


Science Education Standards, Washington: National Academic Press. 

10. Pezdek, K., Berry, T. and Renno, P.(2002) Children’s mathematics achievement: 

The role of parents’ perceptions and their involvement in homework, Journal of 

Educational Psychology, 94(4), 771-777. 

11. Public Schools of North Carolina (1999) Homework in High School: Influence 

on Learning, Education Brief, 1(7), 1-12. 

12. Stewart, J. (1999) Calculus, Early Transcendentals, Florence KY: Brooks/Cole. 

13. Walberg, H., Paschal, R., and Weinstein, T. (1985) Homework’s Powerful 

Effects on Learning, Educational Leadership, 42(7), 76-80. 

21. Dynamical Geometry: Analysis of Mistakes in Student Constructions 

Jirí Vanícek. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Hejny, M. (1989) Teoria vyucovania matematiky 2, Bratislava: SPN. 

2. SIPVZ (2003) State Information Politics in Education, main web page, Praha: 

Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. 2003-2006. http://www.e-gram.cz. 

22. Learning Mathematics with E-exercises: A Case Study about Proportional 

Reasoning 

Ghislaine Gueudet. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Boisnard, D., Houdebine, J., Julo, J., Kerboeuf, M.-P. and Merri, M. (1994) 

La proportionnalite et ses problemes, Paris: Hachette education. 

2. Brousseau, G. and Warfield, V.M. (1999) The Case of Gael, Journal of 

Mathematical Behaviour,,18(1), 7-52. 

3. Burns, M. (1988) Helping students make sense out of math, Learning, 16(5) 

31-36. 

4. Cazes, C., Guedet, G., Hersant, M. and Vandebrouck, F. (2005) Problem 

solving and web resources at tertiary level. Actes du Colloque CERME 4, San 

Feliu de Guixols, Espagne. 

5. Goos, M.,Galbraith, P.,Renshaw P. and Geiger, V. (2003) Perspectives on 

technology mediated learning in secondary school mathematics classrooms, 

Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 22,73-89. 

6. Guin, D and Trouche, L. (1999) The complex process of converting tools into 

mathematical instruments: the case of calculators, International Journal for 

Computers in Mathematical Learning, 3,195-227. 

7. Guin, D and Trouche, L. (2004) Integration des TICE: concevoir, 

experimenter et mutualiser des ressources pedagogiques, Reperes. 55,81-100. 

8. Hersant, M. (2003) Des logiciels dans les classes: impact sur les connassances 

des eleves et integration a l’enseignement. Un example avec’La 

Proportionnalite a travers de problemes’, Petit x, 61,35-60. 

9. Hoyles, C. and Noss, R. (2003) What can Digital Technologies take from and 

bring to Research in Mathematics Education? In A .J. Bishop, M.A. Clements, 

C. Keitel, J.Kilpatrick and F.K.S. Leung (eds), Second International 

Handbook of Mathematics Education, Dordrecht: Kluwer academic 

publishers, 323-349. 


10. Hurme, T.-R.and Jarvela, S. (2005) Students’ activity in computer-supported 

collaborative problem solving in mathematics, International Journal of 

Computers for Mathematical Learning, 10,49-73. 

11. Hwang, W.-Y., Chan, N.-S, and Hsu, R.-L. (2006) Development and 

evaluation of multimedia whiteboard sytem for improving mathematical 

problem solving. Computers and Education, 46,105-121. 

12. Kapa, E. (2001) A metacognitive support during the process of problem 

solving in a computerized environment, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 

47,317-336. 

13. Misailidiou, C. and Williams, J. (2003) Diagnostic assessment of 

childrens’proportional reasoning, Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 22,335- 

368. 

14. Ruthven, K. and Hennessy, S. (2002) A practitioner model of the use of 

computer-based tools and resources to support mathematics teaching and 

learning, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 49,(2-3), 47-86. 

15. Shepard, R.G. (1993) Writing for conceptual development in mathematics, 

Journal of Mathematics Behavior, 12,287-293. 

16. Tournaire, F. and Pulos, S. (1985) Proportional reasoning: a review of the 

literature, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 16(2), 181-204. 

17. Trouche, L. (2004) Managing the complexity of the human/machine 

interaction in computerized learning environments: guiding students’ 

command process through instrumental orchestrations, International Journal 

of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 9,281-307. 

23. Reflective Implementation of DERIVE in Teaching Mathematics at the 

University of Food Technology, Plovdiv 

Eva D Dimitrova. The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Atkins, N., Creegan, A and Soan, P. (1995) You can lead students to DERIVE, 

but can you make them think?, The International DERIVE Journal, 2(1), 63-79. 

2. Berry, J. and Monaghan, J. (1997) The State of Computer Algebra in 

Mathematics Education, Lund, Sweeden: Chartwell-Bratt. 

3. Berry, J., Graham, E. and Watkins, A. (1994) Integrating the Derive program into 

the Teaching of Mathematics, The International DERIVE Journal, 1(1), 83-96. 

4. Denton, B. (1995) Learning Linear Algebra through Derive, London: Prentice 

Hall. 

5. Dimitrova, E. (2004) The Higher Mathematics and Its Relations with the Other 

Courses Taught in the Technological Faculty of the UFT, Plovdiv, UHT Scientific 

works, 51(4), 444-448. 

6. Etchells, T., Hunter, M., Monaghan,J.,Pozzi, S.T. and Rothery, A. (1997) 

Mathematical Activities with computer Algebra, Sweden: Chartwell-Bratt. 

7. Galperin, P. (1999) Introduction in Psychology, Moscow: Universitet Publishing 

House. 

8. Ganchev, I., Ninova, J. and Nikova, V. (2002) Didactics of Mathematics 

Teaching, Blagoevgard: Neophyte Rilsky University Publishers. 

9. Georgieva, P. and Dimitrova, E. (2002) Research on the influence of some factors 

on the teaching of Mathematics in The Higher Institute of Food and Flavour 

Industries, Vienna: International Symposium on Integrating Technology into 

Mathematics Education. 


10. Gilligan, L. and Marquardt, J. (1991) Calculus and the Derive Program: 

experiments with the computer, USA: Gilmar Publishing Company. 

11. Hill, R and Keagy, T. (1997) Linear Algebra with DERIVE, The International 

Journal of Computer Algebra in Mathematics Educatio, 4(2), 141-159. 

12. Johnson, J. and Evans, B. (1992) Discovering Calculus with Derive, USA: John 

Wiley and Sons. 

13. Kendal, M. and Stacey, K. (1999) Varieties of Teacher Privileging for Teaching 

Calculus with Computer Algebra Systems, The International Journal of 

Computer Algebra in Mathematics Education, 6(4), 233-247. 

14. Kutzler, B. (1999) Derive – the Future of Teaching Mathematics, The 

International DERIVE Journal, 1(1), 37-48. 

15. Leinbach, L. (1991) Calculus Laboratories Using Derive, USA: Wadsworth Inc. 

16. May, P. (2005) Analysis of Computer Algebra System Tutorials Using Cognitive 

Load Theory, The International Journal For Technology in Mathematics 

Education, 11(4), 117-138. 

17. Monaghan, J. (2003) Instrumentation: Teachers, Students, Apropriations and 

Tools, Paper accompanying a talk at the Annual Meeting of The British 

Educational Research Assiciation. 

18. Vygotski, L.S. (1956) Selected Psychological Investigations, Moscow: Academy 

of Pedagogical Science Press. 

24. Student Misconceptions Caused by Misuse of Technology 

Robert Paige, Padmanabhan Seshaiyer, Magdalena Toda. The International Journal for 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Ariane 501 (1996) Flight 501Failure, Ariane 501 Inquiry Boars Report, Uniform 

Resource Locator: http://ravel.esrin.esa.it/docs/esa-x-1819eng.pdf. 

2. Berry, J., Graham, E. and Smith, A. (2003) Student Difficulties in Graphing 

Effectively with a Graphics Calculator, The International Journal of Computer 

Algebra in Mathematics Education, 10(4), 251-264. 

3. Berry, J., Graham, E. and Smith, A. (2005) Classifying Students’ Calculator 

Strategies, The International Journal for Technology in Mathematics Education, 

12(1), 15-31. 

4. Burden, R.L. and Faires, J.D. (2000) Numerical Analysis, Pacific Grove, 

California: Brooks Cole. 

5. Dunham, P.H. and Osborne, A. (1991) Learning how to see: Students’ graphing 

difficulties. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 13(4), 35-49. 

6. Dunham, P.H. and Dick, T.P. (1994) Research on graphing calculators, 

Mathematics Teacher, 87, 440-445. 

7. Futch, L. D. and Stephens, J.C., (1997) The beliefs of Georgia techers and 

principals regarding the NCTM Standards: A representative view using the 

standards’ Belief Instrument (SBI), School Science and Mathematics, 97, 242- 

247. 

8. GAO/IMTEC-92-26, (1992) Patriot Missile Defense: Software Problem led to 

System Failure at Dhahram, Saudi Arabia, General Accounting office Report, 

Uniform Resouce. Locator:http://www.fas.org/spp/starwars/gao/im92026.htm 

9. Gleick, J. (1996) A Bug and a Crash, The New York Times Magazine, 

December1. 

10. Goldenberg, E. P. (1988) Mathematics, metaphors, and human factors: 

Mathematical, technical, and pedagogical cahellenges in the educational use of 


graphical representation of funtions, Journal of Mathematical Behaviour, 7,135- 

173. 

11. Heid, M. K. (1997) The technological revolution and the reform of school 

mathematics, American Journal of Education, 106,5-61. 

12. Hembree, R. and Dessart, D. J. (1986) Effects of hand-held calculators in 

precollege matheamtics education: A meta-analysis, Journal for Research in 

Mathematics Education, 17,83-99. 

13. Kincaid, D. and Cheney, W. (2002) Numerical Analysis: Mathematics of 

Scientific Computing, Pacific Grove, California: Brooks Cole. 

14. Matsui, S. and Irl, M. (1981) An overflow/underflow-free floating-point 

representation of numbers, Journal of Information Processing, 4(3), 123-133. 

15. Matula, D. W. (1969) Towards an abstract matheamtical theory of floating-point 

arithmetic, 1969 Spring Joint Computer Conference, AFIPS Press, 765-772. 

16. NCTM (1991) National Council of Teachers of mathematics Position Statement: 

Calculators and the Education of Youth. 

17. Porter, P. H. (1991) Perceptions of elementary school teachers toward the status 

of calculators use in the Irvine UnifieldSchool District, (University of Southern 

California, 1990), Dissertation Abstracts International, 51, 3659A. 

18. Smith, B. A. (1997) A meta-analysis of outcomes from the use of calculators in 

mathematics education. (Texas A & M University, 1996), Dissertation Abstracts 

International, 58, 787 A. 

19. Spath, J.M. (1990) A status study of teacher use of calculators in teaching fifthgrade 

mathematics: Implications for adaption and dissemination of innovations 

and materials, (University of Colorado at Boulder, 1989), Dissertation Abstracts 

International, 51, 401 A. 

20. Steele, D. (1995) The Wesley College Technology Enriched Graphing Project, 

Wakefield, J. and Velardi, L. (eds.), Celebrating Mathematics Learning, 

Brunswick, Australia: Mathematical Association of Victoria, 35, 43. 

21. Suydam, M. N. (1982) The use of calculators in pre-college education: Fifth 

annual state-of-the-art review, Columbus, OH: Calculator Information Center. 

(ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 220 273). 

22. Tan, S. (1995) Calculators in the mathematics curricullum: A survey of 

calculator technology in the westchester/Putnam high schools, Research report, 

White Plains, NY: Wetchester Education Coalition 

23. Tuska, A. (1993) Students’ errors in graphing calculator based precalculus 

classes, (Ohio State University, 1992), Dissertation Abstracts International, 53, 

2725 A. 


LAMPIRAN 2 

Lay-Out : International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education (IJEEE) 

Tahun 2007 Volume 44 


Data Sitiran : International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education 

(IJEEE) Tahun 2007 Volume 44 

ISSUE 1 

1. A comparative study of electric fields beneath compact and non-compact 

transmission lines 

A A Dahab, W S Abu-Elhaija, F K Amoura. International Journal of Electrical 

Engineering Education. Manchester: Jan 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 1; p. 76 (8 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Magnetic field mitigation using line compaction M. A. Abd-Allah. Dec. 2001. 

In Proc. 8th International Middle-East Power Systems Conference (MEPCON 

2001) , 

2. Electric field around parallel d.c. and multi-phase a.c. transmission lines 

M. Abdel-Salam. IEEE Trans. Elec. Insulation. 1990. Vol. 25, Iss. 6; 1145-1152 

3. R. D. Begamudre. 1990. Extra High Voltage a.c. Transmission Engineering , 

New Delhi: New Age International. 

4. Field measurements and calculations of electrostatic effects of overhead 

transmission lines 

T. D. Bracken. IEEE Trans. Power Apparatus and Systems, PAS-95. 1976. Vol. 

2, Iss. 4; 494-504 

5. Electric and magnetic fields of compact transmission lines 

O. B. Melo. IEEE Trans. Power Delivery. 1999. Vol. 14; 200-204 

6. A charge simulation method for the calculation of high voltage fields 

H. Singer. IEEE Trans. Power Apparatus and Systems. 1974. Vol. 93; 1660- 

1668 

7. Corona and field effects experience of an operating-utility six-phase 

transmission lines. J. R. Stewart. IEEE Trans. Power Delivery. 1998. Vol. 13, 

Iss. 4; 1363-1369 

8. Insulation coordination, environmental and system analysis of existing double 

circuit line reconfigured to six-phase operation 

J. R. Stewart. IEEE Trans. Power Delivery. 1992. Vol. 7, Iss. 3; 1628-1633 

9. High phase order transmission - a feasibility analysis, Part I - Steady state 

considerations 

J. R. Stewart. IEEE Trans. Power Apparatus and Systems, PAS-97. 1978. Vol. 

6, Iss. 12; 2300-2306 

10. Charge simulation method with complex fictitious charges for calculating 

capacitive-resistive fields. T. Takuma. IEEE Trans. Power Apparatus and 

Systems. 1981. Vol. 100, Iss. 11; 4665-4672 

2. A simple approach for branch current computation in load flow analysis of 

radial distribution systems 

K Prasad, N C Sahoo, A Chaturvedi, R Ranjan. International Journal of Electrical 


[REFERENCES] 

1. A novel technique for the analysis of radial distribution systems 

P. Aravindhababu. Intl J. Electrical Power and Energy Systems. 2001. Vol. 23; 

167-171 

2. Optimal capacitor placement on radial distribution systems 


M. E. Baran. IEEE Trans. Power Delivery. 1989. Vol. 4, Iss. 1; 725-734 

3. R.E. Brown. 2002. Electric power distribution reliability , New York, Basel: 

Marcel Dekker Inc. 

› Cited by 2 

4. Method of load-flow solution of radial distribution networks S. Ghosh. IEE 

Proc. Generation, Transmission and Distribution. 1999. Vol. 146, Iss. 6; 641- 

648 


5. W. H. Kersting. 2002. Distribution System Modeling and Analysis , Boca 

Raton: CRC Press. 


6. A method to design and operation of distribution system 

W. H. Kersting. IEEE Trans. PAS. 1984. Vol. 103; 1945-1952 

7. An application of ladder network theory to the solution of three phase radial 

load flow problem 

W. H. Kersting. 1976. In Proc. IEEE PES Winter Meeting , New York: IEEE. 

8. A new approach for power flow analysis of balanced radial distribution systems 

S. Mok. Electrical Machine and Power Systems. 2000. Vol. 28, Iss. 4; 325-340 


9. New findings on radial distribution system load flow algorithms J. Nanda. 2000. 

In Proc. IEEE PES Winter Meeting , New York: IEEE. p. 1157-1161 

10. A modification to fast decoupled power flow for network with high R/X ratios 

D. Rajicic. IEEE Trans. PWRS. 1988. Vol. 3; 743-746 


11. Review of load flow calculation methods 

B. Scott. Proc IEEE. 1984. Vol. 62, Iss. 7; 916-929 


12. Performance of conventional power flow routines for real time distribution 

automation applications. R. A. Stevens. 1986. In Proc. 18th Southeastern 

Symposium on Systems Theory , New York: IEEE Computer Society. p. 196- 

200 

13. Fast decoupled load flow 

B. Stott. IEEE Trans. on PAS. 1974. Vol. 93, Iss. 3; 859-869 


14. Power flow solution by Newton's method 

W. F. Tinney. IEEE Transactions on PAS. 1967. Vol. 86; 1449-1456 


15. Load flow solution for ill conditioned power systems by Newton like method 

S. C. Tripathy. IEEE Trans. PAS. 1982. Vol. 101; 3648-3657 

3. Developing a distributed hands-on course for teaching advanced electrical 

engineering topics 

G Deconinck. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: 

Jan 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 1; p. 1 (11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 6 The Mathworks, www.mathworks.com, accessed Apr. 2006. 

http://www.mathworks.com 

2. M. Birenbaum. 1996. Alternatives in Assessment of Achievement, Learning 


Processes and Prior Knowledge , Boston: Kluwer 

3. A distributed hands-on course on intelligent electrical systems 

G. Deconinck. 2006. In Proc. 34th SEFI Annual Conf. European Society for 

Engineering Education, Uppsala, Sweden, 28 June - 1 July 2006 , P. Andersson 

(ed.). Uppsala: European Society for Engineering Education and Uppsala 

University. 

4. R.C. Dugan. 1996. Electric power systems quality , New York: McGraw-Hill. 


5. The reality of excellence in higher education: the case of Guided Independent 

Learning at the K. U. Leuven 

J. Elen. 2003. In Excellence in Higher Education , E. Decorte (ed.). London: 

Portland Press. p. 109-126 

6. International Electrotechnical Commission. 2003. IEC CISPR11/ 2003: 

Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) Radio-Frequency Equipment - 

Electromagnetic Disturbance Characteristics - Limits and Methods of 

Measurement. Consolidated Edition 4.1 , Geneva: IEC. 

7. 14 Joint Declaration of the European Ministers of Education, 'The European 

Higher Education Area' (a.k.a 'The Bologna Declaration of 19 June 1999'), 

Bologna, Italy, 1999. Available from www.eua.be 

http://www.eua.be 

8. W. Leonhard. 2001. Control of electrical drives (3rd ed.), Berlin: Springer- 

Verlag. 


9. Decreet van 4 april 2003 betreffende de herstructurering van het hoger 

onderwijs in Vlaanderen 

Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap. 14 August 2003. In Belgisch 

Staatsblad , 

10. J. B. Murdoch. 1985. Illumination Engineering: From Edison's Lamp to the 

Laser , New York: Macmillan Press. 

11. Evaluation of a student-centred approach to first-year undergraduate 

engineering laboratories 

Norrie S Edward. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Oct 2002. Vol. 39, Iss. 4; p. 310 (10 pages) 

12. The role of laboratory work in engineering education: Student and staff 

perceptions 

Norrie S Edward. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Jan 2002. Vol. 39, Iss. 1; p. 11 (9 pages) 


13. H. M. Ryan. 2001. High Voltage Engineering and Testing (2nd ed.), Stevenage: 

IEE. 

14. Using a fully digital rapid prototype platform in grid-coupled power electronics 

applications 

J. Van den Keybus. 2004. In Proc. 9th IEEE Conf. on Computers and Power 

Electronics, 15-18 August, 2004, Urbana-Champaign, USA , P. L. Chapman 

(ed.). IEEE Power Electronics Society. 


4. Electric machine undergraduate lab: a traditional approach with a new technical 

base 

A J Conejo, J M Arroyo, F Milano, J A Mora. International Journal of Electrical 


[REFERENCES] 

1. 14 The MathWorks, MATLAB ( 2004). http://www.mathworks.com/ [Online]. 

http://www.mathworks.com/ 

2. Development of an undergraduate electrical machine laboratory H. Aintablian. 

June 1996. In Proc. Southcon'96 , p. 25-27 

3. A project-oriented power engineering laboratory M. E. H. Benbouzid. IEEE 

Trans. Power Syst.. 1996. Vol. 11; 1663-1669 

4. Design of a new electromechanical systems instructional laboratory C. W. 

Brice. IEEE Trans. Power Syst.. 1991. Vol. 6; 872-875 

5. J. Conejo. 2004. Electric Circuits for Engineering , Madrid: McGraw-Hill. 

6. E. Fitzgerald. 2003. Electric Machinery (3rd ed.), Boston: McGraw-Hill. 

7. J. Fraile. 2003. Electric Machines (5th ed.), Madrid: McGraw-Hill. 

8. Unified power engineering laboratory for electromechanical energy conversion, 

power electronics, and power systems T. W. Gedra. IEEE Trans. Power Syst.. 

2004. Vol. 19; 112-119 

9. An integrated laboratory for electric machines, power systems, and power 

electronics 

P. T. Krein. IEEE Trans. Power Systems. 1992. Vol. 7, Iss. 3; 1060-1067 


10. An innovative DSP-based teaching module for electrical machine drives 

P. C.-K. Luk. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1996. Vol. 39; 158-164 

11. Analysis of rotating machine concepts in the energy conversion laboratory from 

experimental data O. A. Mohammed. IEEE Trans. Power Syst.. 1991. Vol. 6; 

876-881 

12. Computer modeling for enhancing instruction of electric machinery 

M. H. Nehrir. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1995. Vol. 38, Iss. 2; 166-170 


13. J. W. Nilsson. 2001. Electric Circuits (6th ed.), Upper Saddle River: Prentice 

Hall. 

14. An instructional laboratory for the revival of electric machines and drives 

courses 

R. C. Panaitescu. June 2002. In Proc. IEEE 33rd Annual Power Electronics 

Specialists Conference , p. 455-460 



5. Finding the equivalent resistance, inductance, capacitance, and impedance: A 

new powerful pedagogical method 

G E Chatzarakis, E G Chatzarakis, M M Kantonidou. International Journal of Electrical 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Ch K. Alexander. 2000. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits , New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 

2. G. E. Chatzarakis. 2002. Electric Circuits , Thessaloniki: Tziolas. 

3. Determining Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits: new powerful 

pedagogical approaches G. E. Chatzarakis. 20-22 May 2004. In 9th Intl Conf. on 

Optimisation of Electrical and Electronic Equipment - OPTIM '04 , 

4. Powerful pedagogical approaches for finding Thevenin and Norton equivalent 

circuits for linear electric circuits 

George E Chatzarakis, P G Cottis, Marina D Tortoreli, P B Malatestas, et al. 

International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Oct 

2005. Vol. 42, Iss. 4; p. 350 (19 pages) 

5. Thevenin and Norton's theorems: powerful pedagogical tools for treating special 

cases of electric circuits 

George E Chatzarakis, Marina D Tortoreli, Anastasios D Tziolas. International 

Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Oct 2003. Vol. 40, Iss. 

4; p. 299 

6. Finite element analysis in unbounded two-dimensional regions using Schwarz- 

Christoffel transformation 

Maqsood A Chaudhry. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Chapra, S.C.. 1998. Numerical Methods for Engineers (3rd ed.), New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 


2. An extended Schwarz-Christoffel transformation for numerical mapping of 

polygons with curved segments. M. A. Chaudhry. Int. J. Computation 

Mathematics Elect. Electronic Enging (COMPEL). 1992. Vol. 11, Iss. 2; 277- 

293 

3. Numerical computation of the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation parameters 

for conformal mapping of arbitrarily shaped polygons 

M. A. Chaudhry. Int. J. Computation Mathematics Elect. Electronic Enging 

(COMPEL). 1992. Vol. 11, Iss. 2; 263-275 

4. Numerical methods for coordinate generation based on Schwarz-Christoffel 

transformation 

R. T. Davis. 1979. In A Collection of Papers , American Institute of Aeronautics 

and Astonautics. 

5. T. A. Driscoll. 2003. Schwarz-Christoffel Mapping , Cambridge: Cambridge 


6. Resistance calculation for thin film patterns 


P. M. Hall. Thin Solid Films. 1967. Vol. 1; 277-295 

7. Numerical methods based on conformal transformations for calculating 

resistance in integrated circuits 

M. G. Harbour. Int. J. Electronics. 1986. Vol. 60; 679-689 

8. W. A. Hayt Jr.. 1989. Engineering Electromagnetics , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

9. P. Henrici. 1986. Applied and Computational Complex Analysis , New York: 

John Wiley & Sons. 

10. E. Kreyszig. 1993. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (7th ed.), New York: 



11. R. Schinzinger. 1991. Conformal Mapping: Methods and Applications , New 

York: Elsevier. 

12. F. L. Stasa. 1985. Applied Finite Element Analysis for Engineers , New York: 

Holt, Rinehart and Wiston. 

7. Laboratory experiments for electrical insulation courses using a new highvoltage 

cell 

Faruk Aras, Kenan Keles. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. ASTM Standard 2002 by ASTM Standard D877 

2. Standard Test Method for Dielectric Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid 

Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies 

ASTM Standard D149. 1995. 

3. Laboratory teaching of SIMS to university undergraduates 

R. J. Chater. Appl. Surf. Sci.. 2004. Vol. 231; 141-145 

4. Laboratory experiments for control theory courses: a survey 

P. Horacek. Ann. Rev. Control. Vol. 24, Iss. 2000; 151-162 

5. 4 IEC publication 243-1, ' Methods of test for electric strength of solid 

insulating materials', Part I, (1988). 

IEC publication 243-1. ' Methods of test for electric strength of solid insulating 

materials', Part I. 1988. 

6. Using a laboratory simulator in teaching and study of chemical processes in 

estuarine systems 

E. G. Luque. Computer Educ.. 2004. Vol. 43; 81-90 

7. Volume dependence of electric strength of polymers 

V. M. Morton. IEEE Trans. Electrical Insulation. 1991. Vol. 115, Iss. 6; 1147- 

1152 

8. M. S. Naidu. 1996. High Voltage Engineering , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

9. Electrical Safety, Cost And The Consequences 

J. Stenbeck. April 22-24 1997. In Proc. IEEE The Second International 


Telecommunications Energy Special Conference, Telescon '97 , p. 265-268 

10. Teaching electrical safety in engineering (or how to avoid electrocution) 

J. R. Story. 25-27 June 1996. In Southcon 96 , p. 227-232 

11. Computer aided laboratory in digital control 

T. Vinay. 3-5 July 1996. In Proc IEEE Int. Conf. on Multi Media Engineering 

Education , p. 253-259 

12. The effect of thickness and area on the electric strength of thin dielectric films 

G. Yilmaz. 16-19 June 1996. In Proc. IEEE Int. Symp. Electrical Insulation , 

Quebec, Canada: Montreal. p. 478-481 

8. Newton-Raphson solution of Poisson's equation in a pn diode 

R A Jabr, M Hamad, Y M Mohanna. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 

Education. Manchester: Jan 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 1; p. 23 (11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Chapra, S.C.. 1998. Numerical Methods for Engineers (3rd ed.), New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 


2. A self-consistent iterative scheme for one-dimensional steady state transistor 

calculations 

H. K. Gummel. IEEE Trans. Electron Devices. 1964. Vol. 11; 455-465 

3. Palm, W. J. I.. 2001. Introduction to Matlab 6 for Engineers , New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 


4. R. F. Pierret. 1996. Semiconductor Device Fundamentals , Reading, 

Massachusetts: Addison Wesley. 

5. The numerical solution of Poisson's equation in a pn diode using a spreadsheet 

F. R. Shapiro. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1995. Vol. 38; 380-384 

6. S.M. Sie, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 2nd ed. (New York: John Wiley & 

Sons, 1981), pp. 263-265. 

S.M. Sie. 1981. In Physics of Semiconductor Devices (2nd ed.), New York: 

John Wiley & Sons. p. 263-265 


9. Transformer equivalent circuit from field measurements 

C S Indulkar, K Ramalingam. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. V. Del Toro. 1978. Principles of Electrical Engineering , New Delhi: 

Prentice Hall. 

2. Estimation of induction motor double-cage model from manufacturer data 


J. Pedra. IEEE Trans. Energy Conversion. 2004. Vol. 19; 310-317 

ISSUE 2 

10. Accreditation of engineering programmes at European level[dagger] 

Giuliano Augusti. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 101 (8 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 13 'The European Higher Education Area - Achieving the Goals', Conference of 

European Higher Education Ministers: Contribution of the European 

Commission, European Commission, Education and Culture, Brussels, 11 May 

2005. 

11 May 2005. In 'The European Higher Education Area - Achieving the Goals', 

Conference of European Higher Education Ministers: Contribution of the 

European Commission , Brussels: European Commission, Education and 

Culture. 

2. February 2004. From Berlin to Bergen: the EU Contribution , Brussels: 

European Commission, DG Education and Culture. 

3. 5 A Framework for Qualifications of the European Higher Education Area; 

Bologna Working Group on Qualifications Frameworks; Ministry of Science, 

Technology and Innovation, Copenhagen, February 2005 (www.vtu.dk). 

http://www.vtu.dk 

4. 6 Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in Higher Education; 

European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA), 

Helsinki, 2005 (www.enqa.net/bologna.lasso). 

http://www.enqa.net/bologna.lasso 

5. 9 Directive 2005/36/ EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the 

Recognition of Professional Qualifications, September 2005. 

6. 'Accreditation of engineering programmes at continental scale', Keynote Lecture 

G. Augusti. 2006. In Proc. WFEO 7th World Congress on Engineering 

Education , J. Ginsztler (ed.). Budapest: WFEO. p. 41-46 

7. Trans-national recognition and accreditation of engineering educational 

programmes in Europe: perspectives in a global framework G. Augusti. Eur. J. 

Eng. Education. 2006. Vol. 31, Iss. 2; 249-260 

8. Accreditation and recognition in engineering education G. Augusti. 2003. In E4 

Thematic Network: Enhancing Engineering Education in Europe; Vol. D, Part 1 

, C. Borri (ed.). Florence: Florence University Press. p. 1-52 

9. DGs XXII & XV European Commission. April 1996. In Synergies between 

academic recognition and professional recognition , 

10. 1 EUR-ACE Document A1: EUR-ACE Framework Standards for the 

Accreditation of Engineering Programmes; Document C1: Commentary on 

EUR-ACE Framework Standards . . . ; Bruxelles, December 2005; 

http://www.feani.org/EUR_ACE/EUR_ACE_Main_Page.htm 


11. 16 EUR-ACE Document A2: Organization and Management of the EUR-ACE 

Accreditation System: A Proposal, Brussels, December 2005; 



12. 7 European Commission, Communication on Recognition of Qualifications for 

Academic and Professional Purposes, presented to the Council and the European 

Parliament, December 1994. European Commission. December 1994. In 


Communication on Recognition of Qualifications for Academic and 

Professional Purposes 

13. Trans-national recognition and accreditation of engineering educational 

programmes in Europe: recent developments Trans-national recognition and 

accreditation of engineering educational programmes in Europe: recent 

developments Giuliano Augusti. Dec 2005. 

14. Quality assurance/accreditation in the emerging European Higher Education 

Area: a possible scenario for the future G. Haug. Eur. J. Educ.. 2003. 

15. Tuning engineering education into the European higher education orchestra 

F. Maffioli. Eur. J. Eng. Educ.. 2003. Vol. 28, Iss. 3; 251-273 

16. Accreditation criteria for engineering programmes using an outcomes-based 

approach D. McGrath. 2006. In Proc. WFEO 7th World Congress on 

Engineering Education , J. Ginsztler (ed.). Budapest: WFEO. p. 57-63 

11. Bologna and the MEng: 'Sleepwalking into unknown and unpredictable 

territory'1 

Clive Neal-Sturgess. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. 10 Albania, Andorra, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belgium, Bosnia- 

Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, 

Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Holy See, Hungary, Iceland, 

Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Moldova, 

Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia- 

Montenegro, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Swiss Confederation, 

Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, the formerYugoslav Republic of Macedonia. 

( European Union countries in bold). 

2. 15 cordis.europa.eu/fp7/ 

3. 1 EPC Meeting with Barry Shearman MP, Chairman of Commons Education 

Committee. 

4. 24 

ww.eua.be/eua/jsp/en/upload/EUA_Bergen_Statement_GWinckler.1116940944 

897. pdf 

5. 27 www.coimbra-group.be/DOCUMENTS/comuniv2006_en.pdf 

6. 2 PHEE Annual Conference, IEE, London, 11 January 2006. 

7. 2 E.g. The Bologna Process and Australia: Next Steps (Department of Education 

Science and Training, Canberra, April 2006). 

April 2006. Canberra: Department of Education Science and Training 


8. 4 www.bologna-berlin2003.de/pdf/Sorbonne_declaration.pdf 

9. 6 www.nclis.gov/libinter/infolitconf&meet/postinfolitconf&meet/PragueDeclaration.pdf 

10. 7 www.bologna-bergen2005.no/Docs/00- 

Main_doc/030919Berlin_Communique PDF 

11. 9 www.eua.be/eua/jsp/en/upload/Glasgow_Declaration.1114612714258.pdf 

12. Alec Broers. 24 November 2005. University Courses for Tomorrow , London: 

Royal Institution. 


12. Bologna: Engineering the right outcomes 

Richard Shearman. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. 1 For a general overview of the Bologna process see e.g. 

www.europeunit.ac.uk/bologna_process/ index.cfm For an overview for 

engineering higher education in the UK see www.engc.org.uk/ 

international/international_agreements/bologna_declaration.aspx 

2. 2 E.g. The Bologna Process and Australia: Next Steps (Department of Education 

Science and Training, Canberra, April 2006). 

April 2006. Canberra: Department of Education Science and Training 


3. 5 See http://ec.europa.eu/policies/educ/eqf/index_en.html 

4. 6 See http://ec.europa.eu/education/ecvt/work_en.pdf 

5. 7 Tuning Educational Structures in Europe. See 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/policies/tuning/tuning_en.html 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/policies/tuning/tuning_en.html 

6. 8 See www.unifi.it/tree 

7. 9 EURACE Framework for the Accreditation of Engineering Programmes. See 

www.feani/org/ EUR_ACE/EUR_ACE_Main_Page.htm 

8. S. Reichert. 2005. Trends 4: European Universities Implementing Bologna , 

Brussels: European Commission for Education and Culture. 

9. S. Reichert. 2003. Trends 2003: Progress towards the European Higher 

Education Area , Brussels: European Commission DG for Education & Culture. 

10. Johanna Katerina Witte. 2006. Change of Degree and Degrees of Change: 

Comparing Adaptations of European Education Systems in the Context of the 

Bologna Process , Enschede: Centre for Higher Education Policy Studies, 

University of Twente. 

13. Electrical power engineering at the University of Ljubljana, in the light of the 

European Bologna reform 

Grega Bizjak. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: 

Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 161 (5 pages) 


14. Engineering education at the Association K.U. Leuven: A changing higher 

education landscape 

Hugo Loosvelt, Marleen Gysen, Ronnie Belmans, Frank Baert. International Journal of 

Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 146 (10 

pages) 

R M Hodgson, B R Williams. International 

Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 124 

(5 pages) 

R M Hodgson, B R Williams. International 

Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 124 

[REFERENCES] 1 

Institution of Professional 

Engineers, New Zealand, 

http://www.ipenz.org.nz, accessed 

August 31, 2006 


(5 pages) [REFERENCES] 1 

1. 1 Institution of Professional Engineers, 

New Zealand, http://www.ipenz.org.nz, 

accessed August 31, 2006 

2. 2 New Zealand Council of Engineering 

Deans, http://www.nzced.org/, accessed 

August 31, 2006 

3. 2 E.g. The Bologna Process and Australia: 

Next Steps (Department of Education 

Science and Training, Canberra, April 

2006). 

April 2006. Canberra: Department of 

Education Science and Training 


16. Higher education structure at the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, University 

of Tuzla: Influence of the Bologna agreement 

Tatjana Konjic, Nermin Sarajlic. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 

Education. Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 166 (9 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 2006. Universitas Studiorum Tuzlaensis , Tuzla: University of Tuzla. 

2. 2005. ECTS, vodic? za nastavnike i studente Univerziteta u Tuzli , Tuzla: 

University of Tuzla. 

3. T. Konjic. 2005. Cost-effective and Environmentally Friendly Energy Systems , 

Tuzla: Faculty of Electrical Engineering, University of Tuzla. 

17. Studying electrical engineering and information technology at the University of 

Split, Croatia 

T Kilic, I Puljak, D Begusic. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. 1 The Bologna Declaration on the European Area for Higher Education, 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/policies/educ/bologna/bologna.pdf 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/policies/educ/bologna/bologna.pdf 

2. 2 ECTS Users' Guide: European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System and 

the Diploma Supplement, Brussels, August 2004, 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/programmes/socrates/ects/doc/guide_en.pdf 

http://ec.europa.eu/education/programmes/socrates/ects/doc/guide_en.pdf 

3. 3 Ministry of Science, Education and Sport: The Bologna Process, 

http://public.mzos.hr/default.asp?ru=709&gl=&sid=&jezik=2 

http://public.mzos.hr/default.asp?ru=709&gl=&sid=&jezik=2 


4. 4 Project THEIERE, Thematic Harmonization in Electrical and Information 

Engineering in Europe, Project Nr. 10063-CP-1-2000-1-PT-ERASMUS-ETNE, 

http://www.eaeeie.org/theiere 

http://www.eaeeie.org/theiere 

5. 6 German Accreditation Agency for Degree Programs in Engineering, 

Informatics/Computer Science, the Natural Sciences and Mathematics (ASIIN), 

http://www.asiin.de. 

6. 7 Moodle course management system, http://moodle.org 

http://moodle.org 

7. 2003. E4 Thematic Network: Enhancing Engineering Education in Europe , 

Claudio Borri (ed.). Firenze: Firenze University Press. 

18. The Bologna process and its potential influence on Australian engineering 

education 

Robin W King. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: 

Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 118 (6 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. The Bologna Process and Australia: Next Steps (Department of Education, 

Science and Training, April 2006), 

http://aei.dest.gov.au/AEI/GovernmentActivities/BolognaProcess/default.htm 

April 2006. Department of Education, Science and Training 

http://aei.dest.gov.au/AEI/GovernmentActivities/BolognaProcess/default.htm 

2. Australia Education International, http://aie.dest.gov.au/AEI/MIP/Statistics 

3. Washington Accord, http://www.washingtonaccord.org 

4. Australian Engineering Competency Standards, 2006 ( Engineers Australia), 

http://www.ieaust.org.au/membership/general.html 

http://www.ieaust.org.au/membership/general.html 

5. Australian Qualifications Framework, http://www.aqf.edu.au/ 

6. AVCC, Response to Discussion Paper ( AVCC, Canberra, May 2006), 

http://www.avcc.edu.au 

http://www.avcc.edu.au 

19. The Double Diploma Project: a new higher education concept in a United 

Europe 

Tomasz Smieja, Krzysztof Rudion, Zbigniew Styczynski, Janusz Szafran. International 

Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Apr 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; p. 

184 (13 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 3 ESIB - the National Union of Students in Europe, http://www.esib.org 

2. Z. Okraszewski. 2002. Lowkis, 'Studia na Wydziale Elektrycznym Politechniki 

Wroclawskiej' , Wroclaw: Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wroclawskiej. 

3. Double Diploma Project - Step towards Internationalization and Globalization 

of Electrical Engineering Education 

K. Rudion. 2005. In Proc. Intl Conf. Engineering Education (ICEE 2005) , 


Poland: Gliwice. p. 424-429 

20. The impact of Bologna on engineering studies: comments on the Spanish case 

Fernando de Cuadra García. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 



21. The impact of the Bologna agreement on electric power engineering education 

in Latvia 

A Sauhatas, J Gerhards, V Chuvychin. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 


[REFERENCES] 

1. 1996. The Development of Education , Paris: UNESCO. 

2. Statistical algorithms for fault location on power transmission lines 

Marija Bockarjova. In Proc. IEEE Power Tech. Conf., St. Petersburg, Russia, 

27-30 June, 2005 , p. 7 

3. Optimization of the Daugava hydro power plants' control methods 

V. Chuvychin. Scientific Proceedings of Riga Technical University, Power and 

Electrical Engineering. 2003. Vol. 4, Iss. 9; 70-75 

4. Rouhvargers. 2003. Latvia in the Bologna Process , Riga: Latvian Rectors' 

Council, Academic Information Centre. 

22. The Russian system of higher education in view of the Bologna process 

A Chuchalin, O Boev, A Kriushova. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Searching the universal language: the third version of the State Educational 

Standards 

Platnoe obrazovanie. September 2006. Vol. 9; 4-12 

2. 11 Communiqué of the Conference of Ministers responsible for Higher 

Education in Berlin: (http://www.bologna-bergen2005.no/Docs/00- 

Main_doc/030919Berlin_Communique.PDF). http://www.bolognabergen2005.no/Docs/00-Main_doc/030919Berlin_Communique.PDF 

3. 13 On development of system for professional accreditation of programmes in 

engineering and technology: Order of the Ministry of Education of 27 May 

2003. No. 2270. 

On development of system for professional accreditation of programmes in 

engineering and technology: Order of the Ministry of Education of 27 May 

2003. Vol. 2270 


4. 14 The agreement on cooperation between the Russian Association for 

Engineering Education the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of the Russian 

Federation of December 2004. The agreement on cooperation between the 

Russian Association for Engineering Education the Chamber of Commerce and 

Industry of the Russian Federation of December 2004. 

5. 15 The Accreditation Centre of the Russian Association for Engineering 

Education: (http://www. ac-raee.ru). 

6. 16 EUR-ACE web page: (http://www.feani.org/ 

EUR_ACE/EUR_ACE_Main_Page.htm). 

7. 17 ENAEE: European Network for Accreditation of Engineering Education 

(http://www.feani.org/ ENAEE/ENAEE_Homepage.htm). 

8. 18 National Report of the Russian Federation, prepared for the Ministerial 

meeting in Bergen: (http://www.bolognabergen2005.no/EN/national_impl/00_Nat-rep-05/National_Reports- 

Russia_050117.pdf). 

http://www.bologna-bergen2005.no/EN/national_impl/00_Nat-rep- 

5/National_Reports 

Russia_050117.pdf 

9. 19 National Report of the Russian Federation, prepared for the Ministerial 

meeting in London The report will be submitted to the Bologna Follow Up 

Group by January 2007. 

National Report of the Russian Federation. 

10. 1 State Educational Standards for Higher Professional Education, first version of 

1994: (http://www.edu.ru). 

http://www.edu.ru 

11. 3 On Introduction of the multi-level structure for higher education in the 

Russian Federation: Decree of the Committee for Higher Education of the 

Ministry of Science of 13 March 1992. No. 13. (http://www.edu.ru). 


12. 4 On Education: Federal Law of 10 July 1992. No. 3266-1: (http://www.edu.ru). 


13. 5 Russian Association for Engineering Education: (http://www.aeer.ru). 

14. 6 On Higher and Postgraduate education: Federal Law of 22 August 1996. No. 

125-FZ. (http://www.edu.ru). 


15. 7 On working group for implementation of the Bologna principles in higher 

education: Decree of the Ministry of Education and Science of 25 October 2004. 

No. 100: (http://www.edu.ru). 


16. 8 Plan on implementation of the Bologna principles in higher professional 

education for 2005-2010. Approved by the Ministry of Education and Science 

on 15 February 2005. No. 40: (http://www.edu.ru). 


17. 9 Federal Programme on Development of Education for the years 2006-2010. 

Approved by Decree of the Government of the Russian Federation on 23 

December 2005. No. 803. 

18. The accreditation of engineering programmes in Russia 

Y P Pokholkov, A I Chuchalin, E A Morozova, O V Boev. European Journal of 

Engineering Education. Abingdon: Mar 2004. Vol. 29, Iss. 1; p. 163 


ISSUE 3 

23. Computer-assisted assembly language programming laboratory 

Santiago Rodríguez, José L Pedraza, Antonio García, Francisco Rosales, Rafael 

Méndez. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Jul 

2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 216 (14 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. WWW-based calculation tasks for teaching support of electric power 

engineering W. Al-Nuaimi. Int. J. Elect. Enging Educ.. 2002. Vol. 39; 100-109 

2. Electronic assessment and self-paced learning on the web using a multiplechoice 

quiz generator A. Carbone. Int. J. Elect. Enging Educ.. 2000. Vol. 37; 

119-125 

3. A picocontroller training simulator in a web page M. Collier. Int J. Elect. 

Enging Educ.. 2003. Vol. 40; 158-170 

4. Teaching computer architecture with a new superscalar processor emulator 

S. Rodríguez de la Fuente. ACM SIGCSE Bull.. 1999. Vol. 31; 99-102 

5. Organization of the Motorola 88110 Superscalar RISC Microprocessor 

K. Diefendorf. IEEE Micro. 1992. Vol. 12; 40-63 

6. Automatic management of laboratory work in mass computer engineering 

courses 

A. García. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 2005. Vol. 48; 89-98 

7. Plagiarism in computer science courses 

J. K. Harris. Proc. Conf. Ethics in the Computer Age. 1994. 133-135 

8. Plagiarism in programming assignments 

M. Joy. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1999. Vol. 42; 129-133 

9. Web based learning: effects on learning process and outcome 

M. Khalifa. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 2002. Vol. 45, Iss. 4; 350-356 

10. Superscalar and superpipelined microprocessor design and simulation: a senior 

project 

V. Lee. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1997. Vol. 40, Iss. 1; 89-97 

11. Web-based remote learning of communication systems: a successful experience 

A. J. López. Int. J. Elect. Enging Educ.. 2003. Vol. 40; 169-174 

12. Computer algorithms for plagiarism detection 

A. Parker. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1989. Vol. 32; 94-99 

13. On the effective use of a cache memory simulator in a computer architecture 

course 

H. G. Rotithor. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1995. Vol. 38; 357-360 

14. The em88110: emulating a superscalar processor 

J. M. Pérez Villadeamigo. ACM SIGCSE Bull.. 1997. Vol. 29; 45-50 

24. Damping of power swings using a FACTS device of the TCPS type: modelling 

and laboratory experiments 

S Robak, D D Rasolomampionona, M Januszewski. International Journal of Electrical 

Engineering Education. Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 263 (15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 1 'Analysis and control of power system oscillations', Task Force 38.01.07, 

Cigre, 1996. 

Analysis and control of power system oscillations. 1996 

2. Inter-area oscillations in power systems 1994. In IEEE Power Engineering 


Society, Power System Dynamic Performance Committee 

3. The MathWorks 1995. In The Student Edition of MATLAB, Version 4 User's 

Guide , Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 

4. Control algorithm for a static phase shifting transformer to enhance transient 

and dynamic stability of large power systems R. Baker. IEEE Trans. PAS. 1982. 

Vol. 101, Iss. 9; 3532-3541 

5. Oscillatory stability analysis using real-time measured data C. L. Chang. IEEE 

Trans. Power Syst.. 1993. Vol. 8, Iss. 3; 823-829 

6. Design of an optimal robust model matching controller for the elimination of 

interarea power system oscillation X. P. Chen. May 25-29 1992. In Proc. IEEE 

Int. Symp. on Industrial Electronics , Xian: IEEE. p. 206-210 

7. Comparison study of nonlinear controllers for a single generatorinfinite bus 

power system 

C. M. Falkner. J. Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems. 1999. Vol. 7, Iss. 3; 307-324 

8. On the application of FACTS controllers derived from lossless models to lossy 

systems J. Gronquist. 1996. In Proc. 35th IEEE Conf. on Decision and Control , 

Kobe: IEEE. p. 3459-3463 

9. Reactive power control as a means for enhanced inter-area damping in the 

Western U.S. power system J. F. Hauer. IEEE Tutorial Course. 1987. 

10. FACTS devices as means of transient stability enhancement of power systems 

by M. Januszewski, Warsaw University of Technology, 2002 

11. An energy approach to analysis of interarea oscillations in power systems 

C. Jing. IEEE Trans. Power Syst.. 1996. Vol. 11, Iss. 2; 734-740 

12. Applying power system stabilizers E. V. Larsen. IEEE Trans. PAS. 1981. Vol. 

100; 3017-3046 

13. J. Machowski. 1997. Power System Dynamics and Stability , Chichester: John 

Wiley & Sons. 

14. Damping of the low-frequency oscillations of the generator: dynamic 

interactions and the effectiveness of the controllers. J. V. Milanovic. IEE Proc.- 

Gener. Transm. Distrib.. 2002. Vol. 149, Iss. 6; 753-760 

15. Improving power system dynamics by series-connected FACTS devices 

M. Noroozian. IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery. 1997. Vol. 12, Iss. 4; 1635-1641 

16. Damping of power system oscillations by use of controllable components 

M. Noroozian. IEEE Trans. Power Delivery. 1994. Vol. 9, Iss. 4; 2046-2054 

17. Low frequency oscillations damping by STATCOM with a fuzzy supplementary 

controller 

S. Qu. Oct. 13-17 2002. In Proc. PowerCon 2002, Int. Conf. on Power System 

Technology , p. 67-70 

18. 2000. Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) , Y.-H. Song (ed.). 

Inspec/IEE. 

19. Dissipativity as unifying control design framework for suppression of low 

frequency oscillations in power systems A. M. Stankovic. IEEE Trans. Power 

Syst.. 1999. Vol. 14, Iss. 1; 192-199 

20. Analysis of thyristor-controlled phase shifter applied in damping power system 

oscillations F. Wang. Int. J. Elect. Power Energy Syst.. 1997. Vol. 19, Iss. 1; 1-9 

21. Applications of thyristor-controlled phase shifters to minimize real power losses 

and augment stability of power systems K. Xing. IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.. 

1988. Vol. 3, Iss. 4; 792-798 

25. LC sine-wave oscillators using general-purpose voltage operational-amplifiers 


M M Jakas, F Llopis. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 243 (5 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. R. L. Boylestad. 1991. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory , Englewood Cliffs, 

New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 

2. N. Malik. 1995. Electronics Circuits: Analysis, Simulation, Design , Englewood 

Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 

3. A. Malvino. 1998. Electronics Principles , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

4. Research and Education Association. 1993. The Electronics Problem Solver , 

Piscataway, NJ: Research and Education Association. 

26. Levitation of an aluminium disc in a magnetic flux well 

N Barry, J Hudgins. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 280 (7 pages) 

1. Elihu Thomson's jumping ring in a levitated closed-loop control experiment 

N. Barry. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1999. Vol. 42, Iss. 1; 72-80 

2. The electromagnetic levitator B. D. Bedford. General Electric Review. 1939. Vol. 42, 

Iss. 6; 246-247 

3. Electromagnetic levitation 

E. R. Laithwaite. Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng.. 1965. Vol. 112, Iss. 12; 2361-2375 

27. SPICE BSIM3 model parameter extraction and optimisation: practical 

considerations 

H Abebe, V Tyree, H Morris, P T Vernier. International Journal of Electrical 

Engineering Education. Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 249 (11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 4 MOSIS Process Monitor, http://www.mosis.com/Technical/processmonitor.html 

http://www.mosis.com/Technical/process-monitor.html 

2. 7 MOSIS Electrical Test Data and SPICE Model Parameters Active Processes, 

http://www.mosis.com/test/ http://www.mosis.com/test/ 

3. Quantum mechanical effects correction models for inversion charge and currentvoltage 

(I-V) characteristics of the MOSFET device 

H. Abebe. February 23-27, 2003. In Proc. Int. Nanotechnology Conf. , MA: 6th 

Computational Publications, Cambridge. p. 218-221 

4. A physical and scalable I-V model in BSIM3v3 for analog/digital circuit 

simulation Y. Cheng. IEEE Electron Devices. 1997. Vol. 44, Iss. 2 

5. Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences. 1996. BSIM3v3 

Users' Manual Final Version , Berkeley: University of California Press. 

6. D. Foty. 1997. MOSFET Modeling with SPICE , Englewood Clif[straight 

phi]^sub s^, NJ: Prentice Hall. 

7. R. Kielkowski. 1998. Inside SPICE (2nd ed.), New York: McGraw-Hill. 


8. W. Liu. 2001. MOSFET Models for SPICE Simulation including BSIM3v 3 and 

BSIM4 , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 

28. The finite element method as an effective control design tool 

José Andrés Santisteban, Roberto Firmento de Noronha, Marcos Riva Suhett. 

International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 

44, Iss. 3; p. 230 (13 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 13 GRUCAD, Brazilian research group at Federal University of Santa Catarina, 

developers of simulation program EFCAD, available at www.grucad.ufsc.br 

(2004). 

2. 12 Acesita S. A., Brazilian silicon steel manufacturer, available at 

www.acesita.com.br (2003).http://www.acesita.com.br 

3. J. P. Bastos. 2003. Eletromagnetic Modeling by Finite Elements Method , New 

York: Marcel Dekker. 

4. 43 Bathe, K. J.. Finite Element Procedures, 1996 (Prentice-Hall, Inc., 

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey), pp. 461-484. 

Bathe, K. J.. 1996. In Finite Element Procedures , Englewood Cliffs, New 

Jersey: Prentice Hall. p. 461-484 › Cited by 7 

5. Finite element analysis of magnetic fields 

J. R. Brauer. 1995. In Handbook of Electric Motors , R. H. Engelmann (ed.). 

New York: Marcel Dekker. p. 20-25 

6. Modelagem de rotores sustentados por mancais magnéticos pelo método dos 

elementos finitos 

by A. S. Carvalho, Mechanical Engineering Masters Thesis, Fluminense Federal 

University, 2000 

7. S. Carvalho. 1997. Mancais Magnéticos - Projeto de Bancada Experimental de 

Rotores Suportados por Mancais Magnéticos , Niterói, Brazil: Mechanical 

Engineering Graduation Monograph, Fluminense Federal University. 

8. T. Kenjo. 1991. Electric Motors and their Controls , Oxford: Oxford University 

Press. 

9. W. Leonhard. 2001. Control of electrical drives (3rd ed.), Berlin: Springer- 

Verlag. 


10. F. C. Moon. 1994. Superconducting Levitation: Applications to Bearings and 

Magnetic Transportation , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 

11. Dynamic behavior of a magnetically borne rotor. R. F. Noronha. In Proc. 16th 

Int. Conf. on Magnetically Levitated Systems and Linear Drives - MAGLEV, 7- 

10 June, 2000, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil , R. Nicolsky (ed.). 

LASUP/DEE/EE/UFRJ - Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de 

Janeiro. p. 456-461 

12. Implementation of analog and digital controllers applied to a magnetic bearing 

prototype by P. C. V. Santos, Military Institute of Engineering, Rio de Janeiro, 

2000 

13. G. Schweitzer. 1994. Active Magnetic Bearings , Switzerland: 


VdfHochschulverlag AG an der ETH Zürich. 

29. WASP: a web-based simulator for an educational pipelined processor 

A Stojkovic, J Djordjevic, B Nikolic. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 

Education. Manchester: Jul 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 3; p. 197 (15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 13http://www.ece.gatech.edu/research/ccss/academic/Java/1997.Summer/Projec 

ts/cha_elm/index.htm, accessed April 2005. 

2. 16 http://www.computing.dcu.ie/mike/winmips64.html, accessed April 2005. 

3. 18http://american.cs.ucdavis.edu/academic/ecs250a.f97/postscript/dlxvsim.ps, 

accessed April 2005. 

4. 19 http://www.csse.monash.edu.au/packages/jmips/index.htm, accessed April 

2005. 

5. 1 http://rti.etf.bg.ac.yu/rti/WASP/ 

6. 20 http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~larus/spim.html, accessed April 2005. 

7. 23 http://www.rs.e-technik.tudarmstadt.de/TUD/res/dlxdocu/SuperscalarDLX.html, 

accessed April 2005. 

8. http://mouse.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/lehre/rechnerarchitekturen/download/Simulator 

en/, accessed April 2005. 

9. Teaching basics of instruction pipelining with HDLDLX 

M. Becvar. In Proc WCAE 2004 , p. 74-78 

http://www4.ncsu.edu/~efg/wcae/2004/submissions/wcae_ebook.pdf 

10. The Liberty Simulation Environment as a pedagogical tool 

J. Blome. In Proc. WCAE 2003 , p. 72-78 

http://www4.ncsu.edu/~efg/wcae/2003/submissions/wcae.pdf 

11. Visualising the MMIX superscalar pipeline - not only for teaching purposes. A. 

Böttcher. In Proc. WCAE 2004 , p. 50-55 


12. WebMIPS: a new web-based MIPS simulation environment for computer 

architecture education. I. Branovic. In Proc. WCAE 2004 , p. 93-98 


13. MipsIt - a simulation and development environment using animation for 

computer architecture education. 

M. Brorsson. In Proc. WCAE 2002 , p. 65-72 


14. Why you should build a superscalar pipeline simulator 

C. C. Edmondson-Yurkanan. September 1997. In IEEE TCCA Newsletter , p. 

13-15 

15. DLXsim - a simulator for DLX by L. B. Hostetler, University of California 

Press, 1990 


16. 'HASE DLX simulation model', IEEE Computer Society R. N. Ibbett. IEEE 

Micro, Special Issue on Computer Architecture Education. May-June 2000. Vol. 

20, Iss. 3; 57-65 

17. 2 IEEE Computer Society/ACM Computing ( 2003) Curriculum - Computer 

Engineering, http://www.eng.auburn.edu/ece/, accessed October 2003. 

http://www.eng.auburn.edu/ece/ 

18. Multimedia components for the visualisation of dynamic behaviour in computer 

architectures P. Marwedel. In Proc. WCAE 2003 , p. 79-85 


19. Visual simulator for ILP Dynamic OOO Processor 

A. Misev. In Proc. WCAE 2004 , p. 87-92 


20. A lab course of computer organisation J. Real. In Proc. WCAE 2002 , p. 118- 

124 


21. DARC2: Second-generation DLX architecture simulator 

R. L. Uy. In Proc.WCAE2004 , p. 99-104 


22. ESCAPE: Environment for the Simulation of Computer Architectures for the 

Purpose of Education. P. Verplaetse. February 1999. In IEEE TCCA Newsletter 

, p. 57-59 

23. An interactive, visual simulator for the DLX pipeline 

Y. Zhang. September 1997. In IEEE TCCA Newsletter , p. 9-12 

ISSUE 4 

30. A laboratory exercise for impulse voltage testing of power transformers 

C S Indulkar, K Ramalingam. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 333 (9 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. J. D. Craggs. 1954. High Voltage Laboratory Techniques , London: Butterworths 

2. M. F. Gardner. 1942. Transients in Linear Systems. Vol. 1, Lumped-Constant 

Systems , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 

3. M. Naidu. 1989. High Voltage Engineering , New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. 

4. Rakosh Das Begamudre. 1986. Extra High Voltage A. C. Transmission 

Engineering , New Delhi: Wiley-Eastern 

5. Using PSpice in teaching impulse voltage testing of power transformers to senior 

undergraduate students 

B. Vahidi. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 2005. Vol. 48, Iss. 2; 307-312 

31. Efficient approach to determine the steady-state energy in networks with 

periodic discontinuous excitations 

Z W Trzaska. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Dec 

2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 358 (15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Modal analysis of linear asymmetric nonconservative systems S. Adhikari. J. 

Eng. Mech.. 1999. Vol. 125, Iss. 12; 1372-1379 

2. J. Arrillaga. 1997. Power System Harmonic Analysis , Chichester: John Wiley & 


Sons. 

3. Power properties of electrical circuits and their misinterpretations by the 

instantaneous reactive power p-q theory L. S. Czarnecki. 2003. In Proc. XII Int. 

Sem. Theor. Electr. Techn., (ISTET'2003) , J. Starzynski (ed.). Warsaw: Warsaw 

University of Technology Publ. p. 261-267 

4. Dynamic, power-quality oriented approach to power theory and compensation of 

asymmetrical systems under non-sinusoidal conditions L. S. Czarnecki. Europ. 

Trans. Electr. Power Engrn., ETEP. 1994. Vol. 4; 38-47 

5. Optimal compensator currents for reduction of the harmonic distortion in 

networks, Part 1: analytic solution. Part 2: graphic solution X. Dai. Europ. Trans. 

On Electr. Power Engineering. 1994. Vol. 4, Iss. 4; 301-313 

6. M. E. El-Hawary. 1986. Principle of Electrical Machines with Power Electronic 

Applications , Englewood Clifs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 

7. On the nature of resonance in nonconservative systems 

I. Fawzy. J. Sound Vib.. 1977. Vol. 55, Iss. 4; 475-485 

8. S. Haykin. 2003. Signals and Systems , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 

9. The Gibbs Phenomenon in Fourier Analysis, Splines and Wavelet 

Approximations 

A. J. Jerri. 1998. In Mathematics and its Applications , Kluwer Academic. p. 336 

10. M. Krasnosel'skii. 1989. Pokrovskii, Systems with Hysteresis , New York: 

Springer. 

11. A. Krogeris. 1993. AC Power. Power in Circuits of Nonsinusoidal Currents and 

Voltages, (In Russian) , Riga: Latvian Academy of Science. 

12. R. Lozano. 2000. Dissipative Systems , London: Springer. 

13. Analysis of linear conservative vibrations 

F. Ma. ASME J. Appl. Mech.. 1995. Vol. 62, Iss. 3; 685-691 

14. A boundary value problem for linear PDAEs 

W. Marszalek. Int. J. Appl. Math. Comput. Sci.. 2002. Vol. 12, Iss. 4; 487-491 

15. An intrinsic Hamiltonian formulation of network dynamics: nonstandard Poisson 

structures and gyrators 

B. Maschke. J. Franklin Inst.. 1992. Vol. 329, Iss. 5; 923-966 

16. I. D. Mayergoyz. 1991. Mathematical Models of Hysteresis , Berlin: Springer. 

17. S. Qian. 1996. Joint Time-Frequency Analysis, Methods and Applications , 

Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 

18. D. Redfern. 1998. The MATLABR5 Handbook , New York: Springer. 

19. W. M. Siebert. 1986. Circuits, Signals, and Systems , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

20. Thompson, J. M. T.. 1986. Nonlinear dynamics and chaos , New York: John 

Wiley & Sons. › Cited by 7 

21. On strange attractors for discrete models of long transmission lines Part II. 

Results of computer simulations, and strange attractors 

Z. Trzaska. Electrotechnical Archives. 2003. Vol. LII, Iss. 1; 3-20 

22. Applications of quadratics forms to modeling and simulations of dynamical 

systems 

Z. Trzaska. Int. J. Comput., Syst. Signals. 2002. Vol. 3, Iss. 1; 71-89 

23. On strange attractors for discrete model of long transmission lines Part I. The 

problem background and preliminary results 

Z. Trzaska. Electrotechnical Archives. 2002. Vol. LI, Iss. 4; 355-369 

24. Effective analysis of dynamical systems under periodic non-sinusoidal regimes' 

(in Polish) Z. Trzaska. Electrotechnical Review (Przeglad Elektrotechniczny). 

1999. Vol. LXXV, Iss. 1; 1-6 

25. A. Visintin. 1994. Differential Models of Hysteresis , Berlin: Springer. › Cited by 

2 


26. G. J. Wakileh. 2001. Power Systems Harmonics. Fundamentals, Analysis, and 

Filter Design , Berlin: Springer-Verlag. 

27. R. L. Wheeden. 1977. Measure and Integral: An Introduction to Real Analysis , 

New York: Marcel Dekker. 

28. Dissipative dynamical systems . Part I: General Theory J. C. Willems. Archive 

for Rational Mechanics and Analysis. 1972. Vol. 45, Iss. 2; 321-351 

29. A. Zygmund. 1977. Trigonometric Series , Cambridge: Cambridge University 

Press. 

32. Integration into undergraduate courses of transformer tests using 

MATLAB/Simulink 

A F Zobaa, T A Boghdady. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. 

Manchester: Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 319 (14 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Advantages and disadvantages of using computer tools in electrical engineering 

courses C. A. Canizares. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1997. Vol. 40, Iss. 3; 166-171 


2. S. J. Chapman. 2004. Electric Machinery Fundamentals , New York: McGraw- 

Hill. › Cited by 2 

3. Re-inventing the electrical machines curriculum M. W. Daniels. IEEE Trans. 

Educ.. 1998. Vol. 41, Iss. 2; 92-100 


4. 'An interactive computer-graphics program to aid instruction in electric 

machinery 

S. Linke. IEEE Computer Applications in Power. 1989. Vol. 2, Iss. 3; 19-25 

5. Computer modeling for enhancing instruction of electric machinery 

M. H. Nehrir. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 1995. Vol. 38, Iss. 2; 166-170 


6. Using MathCad in understanding the induction motor characteristics 

K. A. Nigim. IEEE Trans. Educ.. 2001. Vol. 44, Iss. 2; 165-169 


7. Chee-Mun Ong. 1998. Dynamic Simulation of Electric Machinery: Using 

MATLAB/Simulink , Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 

8. H. Saadat. 1999. Power system analysis , New York: McGraw-Hill. 


9. Modeling and analysis of the induction machine: A computational/experimental 

approach 

H. A. Smolleck. IEEE Trans. Power Syst.. 1990. Vol. 5, Iss. 2; 482-485 

33. Introducing the analysis of bifurcation in dynamical systems by symbolic 

computation 

Ubirajara F Moreno, Pedro L D Peres, Ivanil S Bonatti. International Journal of Electrical 

Engineering Education. Manchester: Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 289 (18 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 


1. Numerical issues in the location of singularityinduced bi-furcations points 

S. Ayasun. February 1999. In Proc. 1999 Winter Meeting of the Power 

Engineering Society , p. 707-712 

2. Bifurcation in a nonlinear autoparametric system using experimental and 

numerical investigations A. Berlioz. Nonlinear Dynamics. 2000. Vol. 23, Iss. 2; 

175-187 

3. Symbolic computation of local stability and bifurcation surfaces for nonlinear 

time-periodic systems E. A. Butcher. Nonlinear Dynamics. 1998. Vol. 17, Iss. 7; 

1-21 

4. Symbolic computation of secondary bifurcations in a parametrically excited 

simple pendulum E. A. Butcher. Int. J. Bifurcation and Chaos. 1998. Vol. 8, Iss. 

3; 627-637 

5. W. J. F. Govaerts. 2000. Numerical Methods for Bifurcations of Dynamical 

Equilibria , Philadelphia, PA: SIAM. 

6. Guckenheimer, J.. 1983. Nonlinear oscillations, dynamical systems, and 

bifurcations of vector fields , New York: Springer-Verlag. 


7. Computing Hopf bifurcations I 

J. Guckenheimer. SIAM J. Numerical Analysis. 1997. Vol. 34, Iss. 1; 1-21 

8. Hard-limit induced chaos in a fundamental power system model 

W. Ji. Electrical Power & Energy Systems. 1996. Vol. 18, Iss. 5; 279-295 

9. On the systematic analytic-numeric bifurcation analysis 

W. Kleczka. Nonlinear Dynamics. 1995. Vol. 7, Iss. 2; 149-163 

10. Kuznetsov, Y. A.. 1995. Elements of Applied Bifurcation Theory , New York: 

Springer-Verlag. 


11. Generating parameter-dependent linear families from nonlinear dynamics 

H. G. Kwatny. June 1998. In Proc. 1998 American Control Conference , p. 2662- 

2666 

12. Local bifurcation analysis of power systems using MATLAB 

H. G. Kwatny. September 1995. In Proc. 4th IEEE Conf. on Control Applications 

, p. 57-62 

13. Local bifurcation in power systems: theory, computation and application 

H. G. Kwatny. Proc. IEEE, special issue on Nonlinear Phenomena in Power 

Systems: Theory and Practical Applications. 1995. Vol. 83, Iss. 11; 1456-1483 

14. Computer analysis of static bifurcation in power networks 

H. G. Kwatny. December 1990. In Proc. 29th IEEE Conference on Decision and 

Control , p. 3063-3064 

15. Frequency domain analysis of Hopf bifurcations in electric power networks 

H. G. Kwatny. IEEE Trans. Circuits and Systems. 1990. Vol. 37, Iss. 10; 1317- 

1321 

16. D. G. Luenberger. 1979. Introduction to Dynamic Systems. Theory, Models & 

Applications , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 

17. MATLAB®. 1991. MATLAB user's guide , Natick: The Mathworks. 


18. Analysis of bifurcation parameters by symbolic computation 

U. F. Moreno. August 1999. In Proc. 42nd Midwest Symposium on Circuits and 

Systems , p. 575-57 

19. Bifurcation analysis of a three node power system with detailed models 

K. G. Rajesh. Electrical Power and Energy Systems. 1999. Vol. 21, Iss. 5; 375- 

393 


20. R. Seydel. 1994. Practical Bifurcations and Stability Analysis (2nd ed.), New 

York: Springer. 

21. Symbolic computing tools for nonsmooth dynamics and control 

C. Teolis. Variable Structure Systems, Sliding Mode and Nonlinear Control. 

1999. Vol. 247; 237-262 

34. Introduction to Linear Circuit Analysis and Modelling from DC to RF 

Anthony Peyton. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: 

Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 381 (2 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. R. Bergen. 2000. Power Systems Analysis (2nd ed.), Upper Saddle River: 

Prentice Hall. 

2. O.I. Elgerd. 1982. Electric energy systems theory: an introduction , New Delhi, 

India: Tata McGraw-Hill. 


3. M. El-Sharkawi. 2005. Electric Energy: An Introduction , Boca Raton: CRC 

Press. 

4. J. D. Glover. 1994. Power System Analysis and Design (2nd ed.), Boston: PWS. 

5. J.J. Grainger. 1994. Power system analysis , New York: McGraw-Hill 

International Editions. 


6. S. A. Nasar. 1990. Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of Electric Power 

Systems , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

7. [14] A.J. Wood & B.F. Wollenberg, Power generation, operation and control, 

Second Edition (New York: Wiley, 1996), 410-513. 

A.J. Wood. 1996. In Power generation, operation and control (Second ed.), New 

York: John Wiley & Sons. p. 410-513 


35. New analogues for teaching a.c. power flow 

Arie ten Cate. International Journal of Electrical Engineering Education. Manchester: Dec 

2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 377 (4 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. C.-T. Chen. 1994. System and Signal Analysis , New York: Oxford University 

Press. 

2. The Lp Laplace transform R. D. Harbor. 1989. In Proc. Southeastcon '89, Energy 

and Information Technologies in the Southeast , New York: IEEE. p. 376-379 

3. S. Haykin. 2003. Signals and Systems , New York: John Wiley & Sons. 


4. B. P. Lathi. 1998. Signal Processing and Linear Systems , New York: Oxford 


5. C. L. Liu. 1975. Linear Systems Analysis , New York: McGraw-Hill. 

6. M. J. Roberts. 2004. Signals and Systems: Analysis using Transform Methods 

and Matlab , New York: McGraw-Hill 


36. On solving differential equations using the Laplace transform 

Kai-Shing Yeung, Wei-Der Chung. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 

Education. Manchester: Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 373 (4 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. 10 'Symbian announces Q3 2004 results', press release from Symbian, 11 

November 2004, http://www. symbian.com/press-office/2004/ 

Symbian announces Q3 2004 results. 11 November 2004. 

http://www.symbian.com/press-office/2004/ 

2. 12 Symbian Signed Test Criteria Version 1.5, available at 

http://www.symbiansigned.com/app/page/ requirements. 

http://www.symbiansigned.com/app/page/requirements 

3. http://www.symbian.co.uk 

4. http://brew.qualcomm.com/brew/en/ 

5. http://www.microsoft.com/windowsmobile/ 

6. http://www.linux.org/ 

7. http://java.sun.com/j2me/ 

8. R. Barbagallo. 2003. Wireless Game Development in C/C++ with BREW, 

Worldware , 

9. Wanted: Programmers for handheld devices 

Don Kiely. Computer. New York: May 2001. Vol. 34, Iss. 5; p. 12 

10. 14 Forum Nokia, 'Multi-player mobile game performance over cellular networks', 

Version 1.0, 20 January 2004, www.forum.nokia.com. 

http://www.forum.nokia.com 

11. 13 Forum Nokia, 'Designing single player mobile games', Version 1.01, 9 

September 2003, www. forum.nokia.com. 

http://www.forum.nokia.com 

12. M. J. Jipping. 2002. Symbian OS Communications Programming , Chichester: 


13. 9 C. Longino, 'Mobile Linux Looks Set to Grow', www.thefeature.com, Tue May 

04 2004. 

http://www.thefeature.com 

14. OS battle in the smart-phone market 

S. J. Vaughan-Nichols. IEEE Computer. June 2003. 10-12 

37. Teaching embedded programming through mobile games development in 

Symbian 

Reuben Edwards, Paul Coulton. International Journal of Electrical Engineering 

Education. Manchester: Dec 2007. Vol. 44, Iss. 4; p. 307 (12 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Review of eddy current inversion with application to nondestructive evaluation 

J. R. Bowler. Int. J. Appl. Electromagn. Mechanics. 1997. Vol. 8; 3-16 

2. Theoretical investigation of eddy-current induction for nondestructive evaluation 

by Superconducting Quantum Interference Devices 

J. R. Claycomb. IEEE Trans. Magnetics. 2000. Vol. 36; 292-298 

3. Bayesian optimal classification of metallic objects: A comparison of time-domain 

and frequency-domain EMI performance 


P. Gao. 2000. In Detection and Remediation Technologies for Mines and 

Minelike Targets V, Proceedings of SPIE , A. Dubey (ed.). p. 25-35 

4. Gradshteyn, I.. 2000. Table of Integrals, Series, and Products (6th ed.), Academic 

Press. 


5. Statistical clutter modelling and parametric estimation for the characterization of 

buried objects using frequency domain electromagnetic induction 

M. Ozdemir. 2000. In Detection and Remediation Technologies for Mines and 

Minelike Targets V, Proceedings of SPIE , A. Dubey (ed.). p. 45-55 

6. J. Reitz. 1967. Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory (2nd ed.), New York: 

Addison-Wesley. 

7. A case study to motivate engineering students to do mathematical proofs 

R. G. Roberts. Int. J. Elect. Enging. Educ.. 2003. Vol. 40; 231-242 

8. J. J. Tuma. 1970. Engineering Mathematics Handbook , New York: McGraw- 

Hill. 


LAMPIRAN 3 

Lay-Out : International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine (IJPM) Tahun 

2007 Volume 44 


Data Sitian : International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine (IJPM) Tahun 

2007 Volume 44 

ISSUE 1 

1. Alcoholics in Acute Medical Settings have Increased Risk for Other Drug, Mood, 

and Personality Disorders 

Scott H. Stewart. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 

37, Iss. 1; p. 59 (9 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Whitlock EP, Polen MR, Green CA, Orleans T, Klein J. Behavioral counseling 

interventions in primary care to reduce risky/harmful alcohol use by adults: a summary of 

the evidence for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Annals of Internal Medicine 

2004;140:557-568. 

2. D’Onofrio GD, Degutis LC. Preventive care in the emergency department: Screening 

and brief intervention for alcohol problems in the emergency department: a systematic 

review. Academic Emergency Medicine 2002;9:627-638. 

3. Project MATCH Research Group. Matching alcoholism treatments to client 

heterogeneity: Project MATCH posttreatment drinking outcomes. Journal of Studies on 

Alcohol 1997;58:7 

4. Anton RF, O’Malley SS, Ciraulo DA, et al. Combined pharmacotherapies and behav- 

ioral interventions for alcohol dependence: the COMBINE study: a randomized 

controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association 2006;295:2003-2017. 

5. Medical Management Treatment Manual. COMBINE Monograph Series, volume 2. 

National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, U.S. Department of Health and 

Human Services, Publication No. 04-5289, 2004. 

6. Burns L, Teesson M. Alcohol use disorders comorbid with anxiety, depression, and 

drug use disorders. Findings fromthe Australian National Survey ofMental Health and 

Well Being. Drug and Alcohol Dependence 2002;68:299-307. 

7. Bradizza CM, Stasiewicz PR, Paas ND. Relapse to alcohol and drug use among 

individuals diagnosed with co-occurring mental health and substance use disorders: a 

review. Clinical Psychology Review 2006;26(2):162-178. 

8. Grant BF, Kaplan K, Shepard J,Moore T. Source and accuracy statement for wave 1 of 

the 2001-2002 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. 

Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, 2003. 

9. Grant BF, Dawson DA, Stinson FS, Chou PS, Kay W, Pickering R. The Alcohol Use 

Disorder and Associated Disabilities Interview Schedule-IV: reliability of alcohol 

consumption, tobacco use, family history of depression and psychiatric diagnostic 

modules in a general population sample.Drug and AlcoholDependence 2003;71:7-16. 

10. Hasin D, Carpenter KM,McCloud S, SmithM, Grant BF. The alcohol use disorder and 

associated disabilities interview schedule (AUDADIS): reliability of alcohol and drug 

modules in a clinical sample. Drug and Alcohol Dependence 1997;44:133-141. 

11. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual-IV-TR. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric 

Association, 2000. 

12. Alcohol Use and Alcohol Use Disorders in the United States. U.S. Alcohol Epidemi- 

ologic Data Reference Manual, volume 8(1). National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and 

Alcoholism, 2006. 

13. Katon WJ. Clinical and health services relationships between major depression, 

depressive symptoms, and general medical illness. Biological Psychiatry 2003,54(3):216- 

226. 


14. Grant BF, Dawson DA, Stinson FS, Chou SP, Dufour MC, Pickering RP. The 

12-month prevalence and trends in DSM-IV alcohol abuse and dependence: United 

States, 1991-1992 and 2001-2002. Drug and Alcohol Dependence 2004;74:223-234. 

15. Smothers BA, Yahr HT, Ruhl CE. Detection of alcohol use disorders in general 

hospi- 

tal admissions in the United States. Archives of Internal Medicine 2004;164:749-756. 

16. Stinson FS, Grant BF, Dawson DA, RuanWJ, Huang B, Saha T. Comorbidity 

between 

DSM-IV alcohol and specific drug use disorders in the United States: results from the 

National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Drug and Alcohol 

Dependence 2005;80:105-116. 

17. ComptonWM, Conway KP, Stinson FS, Colliver JD, Grant BF. Prevalence, 

correlates, 

and comorbidity of DSM-IV antisocial personality syndromes and alcohol and specific 

drug use disorders in the United States: results from the National Epidemiologic Survey 

on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2005;66: 677-685. 

18. Grant BF, Stinson FS, Dawson DA, Chou SP, DufourMC, ComptonW, Pickering RP, 

Kaplan K. Prevalence and co-occurrence of substance use disorders and independent 

mood and anxiety disorders: results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on 

Alcohol and Related Conditions. Archives of General Psychiatry 2004;61:807-816. 

19. Kranzler HR, Del Boca FK, Rounsaville BJ. Comorbid psychiatric diagnosis predicts 

three-year outcomes in alcoholics: a posttreatment natural history study. Journal of 

Studies on Alcohol 1996;57:619-626. 

20. Burtscheidt W, Wolwer W, Schwarz R, Strauss W, Gaebel W. Outpatient behavior 

therapy in alcoholism: treatment outcome after two years. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 

2002;106:227-232. 

21. Pettinati HM, Pierce JD Jr., Belden PP, Meyers K. The relationship of Axis II 

personality disorders to other known predictors of addiction treatment outcome. 

American Journal on Addictions 1999;8:136-147. 

22. Verheul R, van der Brink W, Hartgers C. Personality disorders predict relapse in 

alcoholic patients. Addictive Behaviors 1998;23:869-882. 

23. Burns L, Teesson M, O’Neill K. The impact of comorbid anxiety and depression on 

alcohol treatment outcomes. Addiction 2005;100:787-796. 

24. Greenfield SF,Weiss RD, Muenz LR, Vagge LM, Kelly JF, Bello LR, Michael J. The 

effect of depression on return to drinking: a prospective study. Archives of General 

Psychiatry 1998;55:259-265. 

25. Labbate LA, Sonne SC, Randall CL, Anton RF, Brady KT. Does comorbid anxiety or 

depression affect clinical outcomes in patients with post-traumatic stress disorder and 

alcohol use disorders? Comprehensive Psychiatry 2004;45:304-310. 

26. Teichner G, Horner MD, Harvey RT. Neuropsychological predictors of the attainment 

of treatment objectives in substance abuse patients. International Journal of 

Neuroscience 2001;106:253-263. 

27. Strowig AB. Relapse determinants reported by men treated for alcohol addiction: the 

prominence of depressed mood. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 2000;19: 469- 

474. 

28. Hodgins DC, el-Guebaly N, Armstrong S, Dufour M. Implications of depression on 

outcome from alcohol dependence: a 3-year prospective follow-up. Alcoholism: 

Clinical and Experimental Research 1999;23:151-157. 

29. Stewart SH, Connors GJ. Interest in pharmacotherapy and primary care alcoholism 

treatment among medically hospitalized, alcohol dependent patients. Journal of Addictive 

Diseases, pre-publication. 


30. Helping patients who drink too much: a clinician’s guide. National Institute on 

Alcohol 

Abuse and Alcoholism. NIH Publication No. 05-3769, 2005. 

2. Alexithymia and Core Conflictual Relationship Themes: A Study in a Chronically 

Fatigued Primary Care Population 

Stijn Vanheule, Jan Vandenbergen, Mattias Desmet, Yves Rosseel, Ruth Insleghers. 

International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 1; p. 87 

(12 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Sifneos PE. The prevalence of “alexithymic” characteristics in psychosomatic patients. 

Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 1973;22:255-262. 

2. Taylor GJ, Bagby RM, Parker JDA. Disorders of affect regulation: alexithymia in 

medical and psychiatric illness. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1997. 

3. Nemiah JC, Sifneos PE. Psychosomatic illness: a problem in communication. 


4. Marty P. L’ordre psychosomatique. Paris: Payot, 1980. 

5. Sifneos PE. Alexithymia: past and present. American Journal of Psychiatry 

1996;153:137-142. 

6. Blaustein JP, Tuber SB. Knowing the unspeakable. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 

1998;62:351-365. 

7. Roth A, Fonagy P. What works for whom: a critical review of psychotherapy research. 

New York: Guilford, 2006. 

8. Saunders SM. Pretreatment correlates of the therapeutic bond. Journal of Clinical 

Psychology 2001;57:1339-1352. 

9. Weinryb RM, Österberg E, Blomquist L, Hultcrantz R, Karkau I, Asberg M. 

Psychological factors in irritable bowel syndrome: a population-based study of patients, 

non-patients and controls. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 2003;5:503-510. 

10. Vanheule S, Desmet M, Meganck R, Bogaerts S. Alexithymia and interpersonal 

problems. Journal of Clinical Psychology 2007;63:109-117. 

11. Guttman H, Laporte L. Alexithymia, empathy, and psychological symptoms in a 

family context. Comprehensive Psychiatry 2002;43:448-455. 

12. Mallinckrodt B, King JL, Coble HM. Family dysfunction, alexithymia, and client 

attachment to therapist. Journal of Counseling Psychology 1998;45:497-504. 

13. Vanheule S, DesmetM, Rosseel Y, Verhaeghe P,Meganck R. Relationship patterns in 

alexithymia: a study using the Core Conflictual Relationship Theme (CCRT) method. 

Psychopathology 2007;40:14-21. 

14. Luborsky L, Crits-Christoph P. Understanding transference. Washington: American 

Psychological Association, 1998. 

15. De Gucht V, Heiser W. Alexithymia and somatisation—a quantitative review of the 

literature. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2003;54;425-434. 

16. Nimnuan C, Rabe-Hesketh S, Wessely S, Hotopf M. How many functional somatic 

syndromes? Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2001;51:549-557. 

17. Fukuda K, Strauss S, Hickie I, et al. The chronic fatigue syndrome: a comprehensive 

approach to its definition and study, an international CFS study group. Internal 

Medicine 1994;121:953-959. 


18. De Gucht V, Fontaine J, Fischler B. Temporal stability and differential relationships 

with neuroticism and extraversion of the three subscales of the 20-item Toronto 

Alexithymia Scale in clinical and nonclinical samples. Journal of Psychosomatic 

research 2004;57-25-33. 

19. AltmanDG. Practical statistics formedical research. London: Chapman&Hall, 1991. 

20. Vanheule S, Desmet M, Rosseel Y, Meganck R. Core transference themes in 

Depression. Journal of Affective Disorders 2006;91:71-75. 

21. Vanheule S, Desmet M, Rosseel Y, Meganck R. Welche Kategorien des zentralen 

Beziehungs-Konflikt-Themas stehen in Zusammenhangmit Depressions-Symptomen. 

Zeitschrift für Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychotherapie 2006;52:172-189. 

22. Furnival GM, Wilson RW. Regression by leaps and bounds. Technometrics 

1974;16:499-511. 

23. Efron B. Better bootstrap confidence intervals (with discussion). Journal of the 

American Statistical Association 1987;82:171-200. 

24. http://www.r-project.org/ 

3. Atypical Antipsychotic Drugs in the Treatment of Delusional Parasitosis 

Sibel Mercan, Ilknur Kivanc Altunay, Nilgun Taskintuna, Ozgur Ogutcen, Semra 

Kayaoglu. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 

1; p. 29 (9 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Rasanen P, Erkonen K, Isaksson U, Koho P, Varis R, Timonen M, Leinonnen E, 

IsohannniM, Alanko A. Delusional parasitosis in the elderly: a review and report of six 

cases from northern Finland. International Psychogeriatrics 1997;9(4):459-464. 

2. Trabert W. Shared psychotic disorder in delusional parasitosis. Psychopathology 

1999;32(1):30-34. 

3. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Dis- 

orders, 4 th ed. Washington DC, American Psychiatric Association, 1994. 

4. Le L, Gonski PN. Delusional parasitosis mimicking cutaneous infestation in elderly 

patients. The Medical Journal of Australia 2003;179(4):209-210. 

5. Johnson GC, Anton RF. Delusions of parasitosis: differential diagnosis and treatment. 

The Southern Medical Journal 1985;78(8):914-918. 

6. GouldWM,Gragg TM.Delusions of parasitosis.An approach to the problem. Archives 

of Dermatology 1976;112(12):1745-1748. 

7. Aw DC, Thong JY, Chan HL. Delusional parasitosis: case series of 8 patients and 

review of the literature. Annals of the Academy of Medicine, Singapore 2004;33(1): 

89-94. 

8. Driscoll MS, Rothe MJ, Grant-Kels JM, Hale MS. Delusional parasitosis: a derma- 

tologic, psychiatric, and pharmacologic approach. Journal of the American Academy of 

Dermatology 1993;29(6):1023-1033. 

9. Bhatia MS, Jagawat T, Choudhary S. Delusional parasitosis: a clinical profile. Inter- 

national Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2000;30(1):83-91. 

10. Gallucci G, Beard G. Risperidone and the treatment of delusions of parasitosis in an 

elderly patient. Psychosomatics 1995;36(6):578-580. 

11. De Leon OA, Furmaga KM, Canterbury AL, Bailey LG. Risperidone in the treatment 

of delusions of infestation. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 

1997;27(4):403-409. 


12. Elmer KB, George RM, Peterson K. Therapeutic update: use of risperidone for the 

treatment of monosymptomatic hypochondriacal psychosis. Journal of the American 

Academy of Dermatology 2000;43(4):683-686. 

13. Mercan S, Ogutcen O, Altunay IK, Karamustafalioglu O. Folie famille ve deluzyonel 

parazitoz: olgu sunumu ve literaturun gozden gecirilmesi. Klinik Psikofarmakoloji 

Bulteni 2005;15(2):71-78. 

14. Slaughter JR, Zanol K, Rezvani H, Flax J. Psychogenic parasitosis. A case series and 

literature review. Psychosomatics 1998;39(6):491-500. 

15. Committee on safety of medicines annual report for 2004. Medicines Act 1968 Advi- 

sory Bodies Annual Reports. 

16. ZarebaW, Lin DA. Antipsychotic drugs and QT interval prolongation. The Psychiatric 

Quarterly 2003;74(3):291-306. 

17. Stollberger C, Huber JO, Finsterer J. Antipsychotic drugs and QT prolongation. Inter- 

national Clinical Psychopharmacology 2005;20(5):243-251. 

4. Bupropion in the Treatment of Outpatients with Asthma and Major Depressive 

Disorder 

E. Sherwood Brown, Lana A. Vornik, David A. Khan, A. John Rush. International 

Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 1; p. 23 (6 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Zhao S, Nelson CB, Hughes M, Eshleman S, Wittchen 

HU, Kendler KS. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric dis- 

orders in the United States. Results from the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of 

General Psychiatry 1994;51:8-19. 

2. Zielinski TA, Brown ES, Nejtek VA, Khan DA, Moore JJ, Rush AJ. Depression in 

asthma: prevalence and clinical implications. Primary Care Companion Journal of 

Clinical Psychiatry 2000;2:153-158. 

3. Brown ES, Vigil L, Khan DA, Liggin JD, Carmody TJ, Rush AJ. A randomized trial of 

citalopram versus placebo in outpatients with asthma and major depressive disorder: a 

proof of concept study. Biological Psychiatry 2005;58:865-870. 

4. Thase ME, Haight BR, Richard N, Rockett CB, Mitton M, Modell JG, VanMeter S, 

Harriett AE,Wang Y. Remission rates following antidepressant therapy with bupropion 

or selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors: a meta-analysis of original data from 7 

randomized controlled trials. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2005;66:974-981. 

5. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, Stewart JW, Nierenberg AA, Thase ME, and 

the STAR*D Study Team. Bupropion-SR, sertraline, or venlafaxine-XR after failure of 

SSRIs for depression. New England Journal of Medicine 2006;354:1231-1242. 

6. Zimmerman M, Posternak MA, Attiullah N, Friedman M, Boland RJ, Baymiller S, 

Berlowitz SL, Rahman S, Uy KK, Singer S, Chelminski I.Why isn’t bupropion themost 

Frequently prescribed antidepressant? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2005;66:603-610. 

5. Caring for Body and Soul: The Importance of Recognizing and Managing 

Psychological Distress in Persons with Multimorbidity 

Martin Fortin, Catherine Hudon, Elizabeth A. Bayliss, Hassan Soubhi, Lise Lapointe. 

International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 1; p. 1 (9 

pages) 

[REFERENCES] 


1. Perreault C. L’enqu te Santé Québec et la santé mentale des québécois: cadre 

Conceptuel et méthodologie Santé mentale au uébec 1989;14:132-143. 

2. McDowell I, Newell C.Measuring health. A guide to rating scales and questionnaires. 

2nd ed. 1996, New York: Oxford University Press. 

3. Ciechanwski PS, Katon WJ, Russo JE. Depression and diabetes: impact of depressive 

symptoms on adherence, function, and costs. Archives of Internal Medicine 

2000;160:3278 

4. DiMatteoMR, Lepper HS, Croghan TW. Depression is a risk factor for noncompliance 

with medical treatment: meta-analysis of the effects of anxiety and depression on 

patient adherence. Archives of Internal Medicine 2000;160:2101-2107. 

5. Robinson KL, McBeth J, Macfarlane GJ. Psychological distress and premature 

mortality in the general population: a prospective study. Annals of Epidemiology 2004; 

14:467-472. 

6. Thurston-Hicks A, Paine S, Hollifield M. Functional impairment associated with 

psychological distress and medical severity in rural primary care patients. Psychiatric 

Services 1998;49:951-955. 

7. Parker JC, Wright GE. The implications of depression for pain and disability in rheu- 

matoid arthritis. Arthritis Care and Research 1995;8:279-283. 

8. Strine TW, Hootman, JM, Okoro, CA, Balluz L, Moriarty DG, Owens M, Mokdad A. 

Frequent mental distress status among adults with arthritis age 45 years and older, 

2001. Arthritis and Rheumatism 2004;15:533-537. 

9. Piette JD, Richardson C, ValensteinM. Addressing the needs of patients with multiple 

chronic illnesses: the case of diabetes and depression. The American Journal of Man- 

aged Care 2004;10:152-162. 

10. van den AkkerM, Buntinx F, Knottnerus JA. Comorbidity ormultimorbidity: what’s in 

a name? A review of literature. The European Journal of General Practice 1996;2: 65-70. 

11. Fortin M, Bravo G, Hudon C, Vanasse A, Lapointe L. Prevalence of multimorbidity 

among adults seen in family practice. Annals of Family Medicine 2005;3:223-228. 

12. Wolff JL, Starfield B, Anderson G. Prevalence, expenditures, and complications of 

multiple chronic conditions in the elderly. Archives of Internal Medicine 2002;162:2269- 

2276 

13. van den AkkerM, Buntinx F,Metsemakers JF, Roos S, Knottnerus JA.Multimorbidity 

in general practice: prevalence, incidence, and determinants of co-occurring chronic 

and recurrent diseases. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 1998;51:367-375. 

14. van den Akker M, Buntinx F, Roos S, Knottnerus JA. Problems in determining 

occurrence rates of multimorbidity. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 2001; 54:675-679. 

15. Mollica RL, Gillespie J. Care coordination for people with chronic conditions. 2003 

[Accessed 27 Nov 2006]; Available from: 

http://www.partnershipforsolutions.org/DMS/files/Care_coordination.pdf 

16. Fortin M, Lapointe L, Hudon C, Vanasse A. Multimorbidity is common to family 

practice. Is it commonly researched? Canadian Family Physician 2005;51:244-245. 

17. Soubhi H, Fortin M, Hudon C. Perceived conflict in the couple and chronic illness 

management: preliminary analyses from the Quebec Health Survey. BMC Family 

Practice 2006;7:59. 

18. Daveluy C, Pica L, Audet N, Coutemanche R, Lapointe F. Enquête sociale et de santé 

1998, 2e édition. 2000, Québec: Institut de la statistique du Québec. 

19. Johnson EH, Arbor A. Psychiatric morbidity and health problems among black 

Americans:a national survey. Journal of the National Medical Association 1989;81:1217- 

1223 


20. Joshi K, Kumar R, Avasthi A.Morbidity profile and its relationship with disability and 

psychological distress among elderly people in Northern India. International Journal 

of Epidemiology 2003;32:978-987. 

21. Fortin M, Bravo G, Hudon C, Lapointe L, Dubois MF, Almirall J. Relationship 

between psychological distress and multimorbidity of patients in family practice. 

Annals of Family Medicine 2006;4:417-422. 

22. Stewart MA, Brown JB, Weston WW, McWhinney IR, McWilliam CL, Freeman TR. 

Patient-centered medicine. Transforming the clinical method. 1995, Thousand Oaks: 

Sage Publications. 

23. World Health Organization. Europe. What is the evidence on effectiveness of 

empowerment to improve health? 2006 [Accessed February 1, 2006]; Available from: 

http://www.euro.who.int/Document/E88086.pdf 

24. Rappaport J. Terms of empowerment/exemplars of prevention: toward a theory for 

community psychology. American Journal of Community Psychology 1987;15: 121-148. 

25. Hudon C, FortinM, Soubhi H. Perceptions of patients with multiple chronic 

conditions 

about a collaborative Physician-Nurse model for promoting physical activity in 

primary care.In NAPCRG Annual Meeting 2006. Tucson. 

26. Bayliss EA, Steiner JF, Fernald DH, Crane LA, Main DS. Descriptions of barriers to 

self-care by person with comorbid chronic diseases. Annals of Family Medicine 

2003;1:15-21 

27. Rost K, Nutting PA, Smith H, Coyne JC, Cooper-Patrick L, Rubenstein L. The role of 

competing demands in the treatment provided primary care patients with major 

depression. Archives of Family Medicine 2000;9:150-154. 

28. Beasley JW, Hankey TH, Erickson R, Stange KC, Mundt M, Elliott M, Wiesen P, 

Bobula J. How many problems do family physicians manage at each encounter? A 

WReN study. Annals of Family Medicine 2004;2:405-410. 

29. Grumback K. Chronic illness, comorbidities, and the need for medical generalism. 

Annals of Family Medicine 2003; 1:4-7. 

30. Coleman E, Smith J, Frank J, Min S, Parry C, Kramer A. Preparing patients and 

caregivers to participate in care delivered across settings: the Care Transitions Intervention. 

Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 2004;52:1817-1825. 

31. Sommers L, Martin K, Barbaccia J, Randolph J. Physician, nurse, and social worker 

collaboration in primary care for chronically ill seniors. Archives of Internal Medicine 

2000;160:1825-1833. 

32. The Collaborative Working Group on Shared Mental Health Care. Shared Mental 

Health Care in Canada. Current status, commentary and recommendations. 2000 

December 2000 [Accessed December 4, 2006]; Available from: 

http://www.cfpc.ca/local/files/Mental/sharedmentalcare.pdf 

33. Seaburn DB, Lorenz AD, Gunn WBJ, Gaminski BA, Mauksch LB. Models of 

Collaboration: a guide for mental health professionals working with health care practitioners. 

1996, New York: Basic Books. 350. 

6. Change in Mental Symptoms in Extreme Obesity Patients After Gastric Banding, 

Part II: Six-Year Follow Up 

M. K. Nickel, T. H. Loew, E. Bachler. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 

Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 1; p. 69 (11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 


1. McTigue K, Larson JC, Valoski A, Burke G, Kotchen J, Lewis CE, Stefanick ML, Van 

Horn L, Kuller L. Journal of the American Medical Association 2006;296(1): 79-86. 

2. Wadden TA, Butryn ML, Sarwer DB, Fabricatore AN, Crerand CE, Lipschutz PE, 

Faulconbridge L, Raper S, Williams NN. Comparison of psychosocial status in 

treatment-seeking women with class III vs. class I-II obesity. Surgical Obesity and 

Related Disorders 2006;2:138-145. 

3. Rosmond R, Bjorntorp P. Psychiatric ill health of women and relationship to obesity 

and body fat distribution. Obesity Research 1998;6:338-345. 

4. Dong C, Li WD, Price RA. Extreme obesity is associated with attempted suicides: 

results from a family study. International Journal of Obesity 2006;30: 388-390. 

5. Nickel C, Harms D, NickelM, Leiberich P,Mitterlehner F, Tritt K, RotherW, Loew T. 

Psychosomatic factors in extreme obesity: a cross sectional survey in a random sample 

of bariatric surgery patients. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2005;35: 

109-122. 

6. Kasalicky M, Michalsky D. Long-term experience with adjustable gastric banding. 

Rozhl Chir 2005;84:314-319. 

7. Fielding GA, Ren CJ. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric band. Surgical Clinics of North 

America 2005;85:129-140. 

8. Dymek MP, Le Grange D, Neven K, Alverdy J. Quality of life after gastric banding 

bypass surgery: a cross-sectional study. Obesity Research 2002;10:1135-1142. 

9. Larsen JK, van Ramshorst B, Geenen R, Brand N, Stroebe W, van Doornen LJ. Binge 

eating and its relationship to outcome after laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding. 

Obesity Surgery 2004;14:1111-1117. 

10. Hotter A, Mangweth B, Kemmler G, Fiala M, Kinzl J, Biebl W. Therapeutic outcome 

of adjustable gastric banding in morbid obese patients. Eating and Weight Disorders 

2003;8:218-224. 

11. Martikainen T, Pirinen E, Alhava E, Poikolainen E, Paakkonen M, Uusitupa M, 

Gylling H. Long-term results, late complications and quality of life in a series of 

Adjustable gastric banding. Obesity Surgery 2004;14:648-654. 

12. Buddeberg-Fischer B, Klaghofer R, Krug L, Buddeberg C, Mueller MK, SchoebO, 

Weber M. Physical and psychosocial outcome in morbidly obese patients with and 

without bariatric surgery: a 4½-year follow-up. Obesity Surgery 2006;16: 321-330. 

13. Pudel V, Westerhoefer J, editors. Fragebogen zum Essverhalten. Göttingen, Toronto, 

Zürich. Hogrefe, 1989. 

14. Herrmann C, Buss C, Snaiht RP, editors. HADS-D Hospital Anxiety and Depression 

Scale. Bern, Goettingen, Toronto, Seattle: Hans Huber, 1995. 

15. BullingerM. German translation and psychometric testing of the SF-36 Health 

Survey: 

preliminary results from the IQOLA Project. International Quality of Life Assessment. 

Social Science and Medicine 1995;41:1359-1366. 

16. Stevens J. Applied multivariate statistics for the social sciences. New Jersey: 

Erlbaum, 

1992. 

17. Dufner J, Jensen U, Schumacher E. Statistik mit SAS. Stuttgart: Teubner, 1992. 

18. Champault A, Duwat O, Polliand C, Rizk N, Champault GG. Quality of life after 

laparoscopic gastric banding. Prospective study (152 cases) with a follow-up of 2 years. 

Surgical Laparoscopy Endoscopic Percutaneous Techniques 2006;16: 131-136. 

19. Hensrud DD, Klein S. Estreme obesità: a new medical crisis in the United 

States.Mayo 

Clinic Proceedings 2006;81:S5-10. 


20. Larsen JK, van Ramshorst B, Geenen R, Brand N, Stroebe W, van Doornen LJ. Binge 

eating and its relationship to outcome after laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding. 

Obesity Surgery 2004;14:1111-1117. 

21. Ahroni JH, Montgomery KF, Watkins BM. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding: 

weight loss, co-morbidities, medication usage and quality of life at one year. Obesity 

Surgery 2005;15:641-647. 

7. Depression and Diabetes in Iranian Patients: A Comparative Study 

Mohammad E. Khamseh, Hamid R. Baradaran, Hassan Rajabali. International Journal of 

Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 1; p. 81 (6 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Egede LE, ZhengD: Independent factors associatedwithmajor depressive disorder in a 

national sample. Diabetes Care 2003;26:104-111. 

2. Anderson RJ, Freedland KE, Clouse RE, Lustman PJ: The prevalence of comorbid 

Depression in adults with diabetes. Diabetes Care 2001;24:1069-1078. 

3. Anderson RJ, Lustman PJ, Clouse RE, de Groot M, Freedland KE. Prevalence of 

Depression in adults with diabetes: a systematic review [Abstract]. Diabetes 2000;49: 

A64. 

4. Lustman PJ, Anderson RJ, Freedland KE, de Groot M, Carney RM. Depression and 

poor glycemic control: ameta-analytic reviewof the literature.Diabetes Care 2000;23: 

934-942. 

5. de Groot M, Anderson R, Freedland KE, Clouse RE, Lustman PJ: Association of 

depression and diabetes complications: a meta-analysis. Psychosomatic Medicine 

2001;63:619-630. 

6. Ciechanowski PS, KatonWJ, Russo JE: Depression and diabetes: impact of depressive 

symptoms on adherence, function, and costs. Archives of Internal Medicine 2000;160: 

3278-3285. 

7. Lustman PJ, Griffith LS, Clouse RE, Freedland KE, Eisen SA, Rubin EH, Carney RM, 

McGill JB. Effects of nortriptyline on depression and glucose regulation in diabetes: 

results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychosomatic Medicine 1997;59:241- 

250. 

8. Lustman PJ, Griffith LS, Freedland KE, Kissel SS, Clouse RE. Cognitive behavior 

therapy for depression in type 2 diabetes: a randomized controlled trial. Annals of 

Internal Medicine 1998;129:613-621. 

9. Mazze RS, Lucido D, Shamoon H. Psychological and social correlates of glycemic 

control. Diabetes Care 1984;7:360-366. 

10. Lustman PJ, Freedland KE, Carney RM, Hong BA, Clouse RE. Similarity of 

depression in diabetic and psychiatric patients. Psychosomatic Medicine 1992;54: 602- 

611. 

11. Robins LN, Regier DA. Psychiatric disorders in America: the epidemiologic catch- 

ment area study. New York: Free Press, 1991. 

12. Beck AT, Beamesderfer A. Assessment of depression: the depression inventory. Mod 

Probl Pharmacopsychiatry 1974;7:151-169. 

13. Ali S, Stone M, Peters JL, Davies MJ, Khunti K. The prevalence of co-morbid 

depression in adults with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. 

Diabetic Medicine 2006;23(11):1165-1173. 

14. Nichols GA, Brown JB. Unadjusted and adjusted prevalence of diagnosed depression 

in type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2003;26:744-749. 


15. Anderson RJ, Freedland KE, Clouse RE, et al. The prevalence of comorbid 

depression 

in adults with diabetes: a meta-analysis. Diabetes Care 2001;24:1069-1078. 

16. Gavard JA, Lustman PJ, Clouse RE. Prevalence of depression in adults with diabetes: 

an epidemiologic evaluation. Diabetes Care 1993;16:1167-1178. 

17. Lustman PJ, Griffith LS, Gavard JA, et al. Depression in adults with diabetes. 

Diabetes 

Care 1992;15:1631-1639. 

18. Egede LE, ZhengD: Independent factors associatedwithmajor depressive disorder in a 

national sample. Diabetes Care 2003;26:104-111. 

19. Kessler RC, Berglund P,DemlerO, Jin R,KoretzD,MerikangasKR, RushAJ,Walters 

EE, Wang PS. National comorbidity survey replication: the epidemiology of major 

depressive disorder: results from the National Comorbidity Replication (NCS-R). 

Journal of the American Medical Association 2003;289:3095-3105. 

8. Major Depressive Disorder with Anger Attacks and Cardiovascular Risk Factors 

Renerio Fraguas, Dan V. Iosifescu, Bettina Bankier, Roy Perlis, et al. International 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Murberg TA, Bru E, Svebak S, Tveteras R,Aarsland T.Depressedmood and subjective 

health symptoms as predictors of mortality in patients with congestive heart failure: a 

two-years follow-up study. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 1999;29: 

311-326. 

2. Ariyo AA, Haan M, Tangen CM, Rutledge JC, Cushman M, Dobs A, Furberg CD. 

Depressive symptoms and risks of coronary heart disease and mortality in elderly 

Americans. Cardiovascular Health Study Collaborative Research Group. Circulation 

2000;102:1773-1779. 

3. Richards JC, Hof A, Alvarenga M. Serum lipids and their relationships with hostility 

and angry affect and behaviors in men. Health Psychology 2000;19:393-398. 

4. Brown C, Madden PA, Palenchar DR, Cooper-Patrick L. The association between 

depressive symptoms and cigarette smoking in an urban primary care sample. 

International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2000;30:15-26. 

5. Ledochowski M, Murr C, Sperner-Unterweger B, Neurauter G, Fuchs D. Association 

between increased serumcholesterol and signs of depressivemood. Clinical Chemistry 

and Laboratory Medicine 2003;41:821-824. 

6. Davidson K, Jonas BS, Dixon KE, Markovitz JH. Do depression symptoms predict 

early hypertension incidence in young adults in the CARDIA study? Coronary Artery 

Risk Development in Young Adults. Archives of Internal Medicine 2000;160:1495-500. 

7. Deshields TL, Jenkins JO, Tait RC. The experience of anger in chronic illness: a 

preliminary investigation. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 1989;19:299- 

309. 

8. Fava M, Rosenbaum JF, Pava JA, McCarthy MK, Steingard RJ, Bouffides E. Anger 

attacks in unipolar depression, Part 1: Clinical correlates and response to fluoxetine 

treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry 1993;150:1158-1163. 

9. Dougherty DD, Rauch SL, Deckersbach T, Marci C, Loh R, Shin LM, Alpert NM, 

Fischman AJ, Fava M. Ventromedial prefrontal cortex and amygdala dysfunction 

during an anger induction positron emission tomography study in patients with major 

depressive disorder with anger attacks. Archives of General Psychiatry 2004;61: 795-804. 


10. Fava M, Vuolo RD, Wright EC, Nierenberg AA, Alpert JE, Rosenbaum JF. 

Fenfluramine challenge in unipolar depression with and without anger attacks. 

Psychiatry Research 2000;94:9-18. 

11. Perlis RH, Smoller JW, Fava M, Rosenbaum JF, Nierenberg AA, Sachs GS. The 

prevalence and clinical correlates of anger attacks during depressive episodes in 

bipolar disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders 2004;79:291-295. 

12. Alpert JE, Petersen T, Roffi PA, Papakostas GI, Freed R, Smith MM, Spector AR, 

Nierenberg AA, Rosenbaum JF, FavaM. Behavioral and emotional disturbances in the 

offspring of depressed parents with anger attacks. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 

2003;72:102-106. 

13. Ravaja N, Kauppinen T, Keltikangas-Jarvinen L. Relationships between hostility and 

physiological coronary heart disease risk factors in young adults: the moderating 

influence of depressive tendencies. Psychological Medicine 2000;30:381-393. 

14. Iosifescu DV, Clementi-Craven N, Fraguas R, Papakostas GI, Petersen T, Alpert JE, 

Nierenberg AA, Fava M. Cardiovascular risk factors may moderate pharmacological 

treatment effects in major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine 2005;67:703- 

706. 

15. FavaM, Alpert J, Nierenberg A, Lagomasino I, Sonawalla S, Tedlow J,Worthington J, 

Baer L, Rosenbaum JF. Double-blind study of high-dose fluoxetine versus lithium or 

desipramine augmentation of fluoxetine in partial responders and nonresponders to 

fluoxetine. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology 2002;22:379-387. 

16. Iosifescu DV, Nierenberg AA, Alpert JE, Smith M, Bitran S, Dording C, Fava M. The 

impact of medical comorbidity on acute treatment in major depressive disorder. 

American Journal of Psychiatry 2003;160:2122-2127. 

17. Spitzer RL, Williams JBW, Gibbon M, First MB. Structured clinical interview for 

DSM-III-R—Patient version (SCID-P). New York: New York State Psychiatric 

Institute, Biometrics Research, 1989. 

18. Hamilton M. A rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and 

Psychiatry 1960;23:56-62. 

19. Fava M, Rosenbaum JF, McCarthy M, Pava J, Steingard R, Bless E. Anger attacks in 

depressed outpatients and their response to fluoxetine. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 

1991;27:275-279. 

20. Fava M, Anderson K, Rosenbaum JF. “Anger attacks”: possible variants of panic and 

major depressive disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry 1990;147:867-870. 

21. National Institute of Health N. Executive Summary of The Third Report of The 

National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, 

Evaluation, And Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol In Adults (Adult Treatment 

Panel III). Journal of the American Medical Association 2001;285:2486-2497. 

22. Morgan RE, Palinkas LA, Barrett-Connor EL, Wingard DL. Plasma cholesterol and 

Depressive symptoms in older men. Lancet 1993;341:75-79. 

23. Niaura R, Banks SM, Ward KD, Stoney CM, Spiro A, 3rd, Alwin CM, Landsberg L, 

Weiss ST. Hostility and the metabolic syndrome in older males: the normative aging 

study. Psychosomatic Medicine 2000;62:7-16. 

24. Rabe-Jablonska J, Poprawska I. Levels of serum total cholesterol and LDLcholesterol 

in patients with major depression in acute period and remission. Medical Science 

Monitor: International Medical Journal of Experimental and Clinical Research 

2000;6:539-547. 


25. SeibaekM, Sloth C, Vallebo L, Hansen T, Urhammer SA, Burchardt H, Torp- 

Pedersen 

C, Pedersen O, Hildebrandt P. Glucose tolerance status and severity of coronary artery 

disease in men referred to coronary arteriography. American Heart Journal.1997;133:622- 

629. 

26. American Diabetes A. Report of the Expert Committee on the Diagnosis and 

Classification of Diabetes Mellitus. Diabetes Care 1997;20:1183-1197. 

27. Whelton PK, He J, Appel LJ, Cutler JA, Havas S, Kotchen TA, Roccella EJ, Stout R, 

Vallbona C,Winston MC, Karimbakas J. Primary prevention of hypertension: clinical 

and public health advisory from The National High Blood Pressure Education 

Program. Journal of the American Medical Association 2002;288:1882-1888. 

28. Richards M, Jarvis MJ, Thompson N, Wadsworth ME. Cigarette smoking and 

cognitive decline in midlife: evidence from a prospective birth cohort study. American 

Journal of Public Health 2003;93:994-998. 

29. Frideman M, Rosenman RH, Carroll V. Changes in the serum cholesterol and blood 

clotting time in men subjected to cyclic variation of occupational stress. Circulation 

1958;17:852-861. 

30. Goebel PN, Peter H,Mueller SK, Hand I. Neuroticism, other personality variables, 

and 

serum lipid levels in patients with anxiety disorders and normal controls. International 

Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 1998;28:449-462. 

31. Weidner G, Connor SL, Hollis JF, ConnorWE. Improvements in hostility and depres- 

sion in relation to dietary change and cholesterol lowering. The Family Heart Study. 

Annals of Internal Medicine 1992;117:820-823. 

32. Siegler IC, Peterson BL, Barefoot JC, Williams RB. Hostility during late adolescence 

predicts coronary risk factors at mid-life. American Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 

136:146-154. 

33. Huang TL, Chen JF. Lipid and lipoprotein levels in depressive disorders with 

melancholic feature or atypical feature and dysthymia. Psychiatry and Clinical 

Neurosciences 2004;58:295-299. 

34. Rutledge T, Reis SE, OlsonM, Owens J, Kelsey SF, Pepine CJ, Reichek N, 

RogersWJ, 

Merz CN, Sopko G, Cornell CE, Matthews KA. Psychosocial variables are associated 

with atherosclerosis risk factors among women with chest pain: the WISE study. 

Psychosomatic Medicine 2001;63:282-288. 

35. Rahe RH, Rubin RT, Gunderson EK, Arthur RJ. Psychologic correlates of serum 

cholesterol in man. A longitudinal study. Psychosomatic Medicine 1971;33:399-410. 

36. Fraguas Junior R, Ramadan ZB, Pereira AN, Wajngarten M. Depression with irrita- 

bility in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass graft surgery: the cardiologist’s 

role. General Hospital Psychiatry 2000;22:365-374. 

37. Fava M, Abraham M, Pava J, Shuster J, Rosenbaum J. Cardiovascular risk factors in 

Depression. The role of anxiety and anger. Psychosomatics 1996;37:31-37. 

38. Fraguas R, Jr., Papakostas GI, Mischoulon D, Bottiglieri T, Alpert J, Fava M. Anger 

attacks in major depressive disorder and serum levels of homocysteine. Biological 

Psychiatry 2006;60:270-274. 

39. Werstuck GH, Lentz SR, Dayal S, Hossain GS, Sood SK, Shi YY, Zhou J, Maeda N, 

Krisans SK, Malinow MR, Austin RC. Homocysteine-induced endoplasmic reticulum 

stress causes dysregulation of the cholesterol and triglyceride biosynthetic pathways. 

Journal of Clinical Investigation 2001;107:1263-1273. 


40. Glassman AH, Helzer JE, Covey LS, Cottler LB, Stetner F, Tipp JE, Johnson J. 

Smoking, smoking cessation, and major depression. Journal of the American Medical 

Association 1990;264:1546-1549. 

41. Brummett BH, BabyakMA, Siegler IC,Mark DB,Williams RB, Barefoot JC. Effect of 

smoking and sedentary behavior on the association between depressive symptoms and 

mortality from coronary heart disease. American Journal of Cardiology 2003;92: 529- 

532. 

42. Frasure-Smith N, Lesperance F, Talajic M. Depression and 18-month prognosis after 

myocardial infarction. Circulation 1995;91:999-1005. 

43. Siegman AW,Malkin AR, Boyle S, VaitkusM, BarkoW, Franco E. Anger, and plasma 

lipid, lipoprotein, and glucose levels in healthy women: the mediating role of physical 

fitness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine 2002;25:1-16. 

44. Rosenbaum JF, Fava M, Pava JA, McCarthy MK, Steingard RJ, Bouffides E. Anger 

attacks in unipolar depression, Part 2: Neuroendocrine correlates and changes 

following fluoxetine treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry 1993;150:1164-1168. 

9. Relevance of Religion and Spirituality in German Patients with Chronic Diseases 

Arndt Büssing, Thomas Ostermann, Harold G. Koenig. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Koenig HG, McCullough ME, Larson DB. The Handbook of Religion and Health. 

New York: Oxford University Press, 2001. 

2. Wittkowski J, Baumgartner I. Religiosität und Einstellung zu Tod und Sterben be alten 

Menschen. Zeitschrift für Gerontologie 1977;10:61-68. 

3. Schwab R, Petersen KU. Religiousness: Its relation to loneliness, neuroticism, and 

Subjective well-being. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1990;29:335-345. 

4. Siegrist M. Church attendance, denomination, and suicide ideology. Journal of Social 

Psychology 1996;136:559-566. 

5. Albani C, Bailer H, Grulke N, Geyer M, Brahler E. Religiosity and spirituality in the 

elderly. Z Gerontol Geriatr. 2004;37:43-50. 

6. Becker G,MommF, Xander C, Bartelt S, Zander-Heinz A, Budischewski K, Domin C, 

Henke M, Adamietz IA, Frommhold H. Religious belief as a coping strategy: an 

explorative trial in patients irradiated for head-and-neck cancer. Strahlentherapie und 

Onkologie 2006;182:270-276. 

7. Büssing A, Ostermann T. Caritas und ihre neuen dimensionen: spiritualität und 

krankheit. In Patzek M, editor. Caritas plus. Qualität hat einen Namen. Kevelaer: 

Butzon & Bercker, 2004:110-133. 

8. Büssing A, Ostermann T, Matthiessen PF. Role of religion and spirituality in medical 

patients in Germany. Journal of Religion and Health 2005;44:321-340. 

9. Büssing A, Ostermann T, Matthiessen PF. Search for meaningful support and the 

meaning of illness in German cancer patients. Anticancer Research 2005;25: 1449-1456. 

10. Büssing A, Ostermann T, Matthiessen PF. Role of religion and spirituality in medical 

patients—confirmatory results with the SpREUK questionnaire. Health and Quality of 

Life Outcomes 2005;3:1-10. 

11. Büssing A, Keller N,Michalsen A,Moebus S, Dobos G, Ostermann T.Matthiessen PF. 

Spirituality and adaptive coping styles in German patients with chronic diseases in a 

CAM health care setting. Journal of Complementary and Integrative Medicine 

2006;3(4):1-26. 


12. Zwingmann C,WirtzM,Muller C, Korber J,Murken S. Positive and negative religious 

coping in German breast cancer patients. Journal of Behavioral Medicine. 2006;29:533- 

547. 

13. Koenig HG. Religious beliefs and practices of hospitalized medically ill older adults. 

International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 1998;13:213-224. 

14. Koenig HG, Cohen HJ, Blazer DG, Pieper C,Meador KG, Shelp F, Goli V, 

DiPasquale 

R. Religious coping and depression in elderly hospitalizedmedically illmen. American 

Journal of Psychiatry 1992;149:1693-1700. 

15. Koenig HG, George LK, Peterson BL. Religiosity and remission from depression in 

Medically ill older patients. American Journal of Psychiatry 1998;155:536-542. 

16. Ostermann T, Büssing A, Matthiessen PF. [Pilot study for the development of a 

questionnaire for the measuring of the patient’s attitude toward spirituality and 

religiosity and their disease coping (SpREUK)]. Forsch Komplementärmed Klass 

Naturheilkd 2004;11:346-353. 

17. Büssing A, Matthiessen PF, Ostermann T. Engagement of patients in religious and 

spiritual practices: confirmatory results with the SpREUK-P 1.1 questionnaire as a tool 

of quality of life research. Health and Quality of Life Outcomes 2005;3(53):1-11. 

18. B ssing A,Matthiessen PF, Ostermann T. The AKU questionnaire as a research tool 

in 

CAM. Focus on Alternative and Complementary Therapies 2006;11(Suppl. 1):8. 

19. Büssing A, Ostermann T, Matthiessen PF. Adaptive coping styles—The AKU 

questionnaire as a research tool. Der Merkurstab 2007;60(1):74. 

20. Moreira-Almeida A, Koenig HG. Retaining the meaning of the words religiousness 

and spirituality: a commentary on the WHOQOL SRPB group’s “A cross-cultural 

study of spirituality, religion, and personal beliefs as components of quality of life.” 

Social Science & Medicine 2006;63:843-845. 

21. Büssing A, Ostermann T,Matthiessen PF. Distinct expressions of vital spirituality. 

The 

ASP questionnaire as an explorative research tool. Journal of Religion and Health 2007; 

6(2). 

22. World Health Organization. The World Health Organization Quality of Life 

Assessment (WHOQOL): development and general psychometric properties. Social 

Science & Medicine 1998;46:1569-1585. 

23. Martsolf DS, Mickley JR. The concept of spirituality in nursing theories: differing 

world-views and extent of focus. Journal of Advanced Nursing 1998;27:294-303. 

24. Pargament K. The psychology of religion and spirituality? Yes and no. The Inter- 

national Journal for the Psychology of Religion 1999;9:3-16. 

25. Batson CD, Schoenrade PA.Measuring religion as quest: validity concerns. Journal of 

the Scientific Study of Religion 1991;30:416-429. 

26. Batson CD, Schoenrade P, Ventis WL. Religion and the individual: a social- 

psychological perspective. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993. 

27. Koenig HG, George LK, Titus P. Religion, spirituality and health in medically ill 

hospitalized older patients. Journal of the American Geriatrics Association 2004;52:554– 

562. 

28. Koenig HG. Religion and depression in older medical inpatients. American Journal of 

Geriatric Psychiatry (in press). 

29. B ssing A, Abu-Hassan WM, Matthiessen PF, Ostermann T. Spirituality, religiosity 

and dealing with illness in Arabic and German patients. Saudi Medical Journal 

2007;28 (accepted for publication). 


30. Koenig HG, Larson DB, Larson SS. Religion and coping with serious medical illness. 

Annals of Pharmacotherapy 2001;35:352-359. 

31. Büssing A: Deus caritas est—aber interessiert das Patienten und Begleitende? In 

Patzek M, editor. Gott ist Caritas. Kevelaer: Butzon & Becker, 2007 (in press). 

32. Holland JC, Passik S, Kash KM, Russak SM, GronertMK, Sison A, LederbergM, Fox 

B, Baider L. The role of religious and spiritual beliefs in coping with malignant 

Melanoma. Psychooncology 1999;8:14-26. 

10. Self-Reported Allergies and their Relationship to Several Axis I Disorders in a 

Community Sample 

Scott B. Patten, Jeanne V. A. Williams. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. S. Nasr, E. G. Altman, and H. Y. Meltzer, Concordance of atopic and affective 

disorders, Journal of Affective Disorders 1981;3:291-296. 

2. Bell IR, Jasnoski ML, Kagan J, King DS. Depression and allergies: Survey of a 

nonclinical population. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 1991;55:24-31. 

3. Wamboldt MZ, Hewitt JK, Schitz S, Wamboldt FS, Räsänen M, Koskenvuo M, et al. 

Familial association between allergic disorders and depression in adult Finnish twins. 

American Journal of MedicalGenetics (NeuropsychiatricGenetics) 2000;96:146-153. 

4. Beck AT, Ward CH, Mendelson M, Mock J, Erbaugh J. An inventory for measuring 

Depression. Archives of General Psychiatry 1961;4:53-63. 

5. Kremer B, den Hartog HM, Jolles J. Relationship between allergic rhinitis, disturbed 

cognitive functions and psychological well-being. Clinical and Experimental Allergy 

2002;32:1310-1315. 

6. Timonen M, Jokelainen J, Silvennoinen-Kassinen S, Herva A, Zitting P, Xu B, et al. 

Association between skin test diagnosed atopy and professionally diagnosed depres- 

sion: A northern Finland 1966 birth cohort study. Biological Psychiatry 2002;52: 349- 

355. 

7. Timonen M, Jokelainen J, Hakko H, Silvennoinen-Kassinen S, Meyer-Rochow VB, 

Herva A, et al. Atopy and depression: Results from the Northern Finland Birth Cohort 

Study. Molecular Psychiatry 2003;8:738-744. 

8. Timonen M, Jokelainen J, Herva A, Zitting P, Meyer-Rochow VB, Räsänen M. Pres- 

ence of atopy in first-degree relatives as a predictor of a female proband’s depression: 

Results from the northern Finland 1966 birth cohort. Journal of Allergy and Clinical 

Immunology 2003;111:1249-1254. 

9. Buret AG. How stress induces intestinal hypersensitivity. American Journal of 

Pathology 2006;168:3-5. 

10. Kovalenko PA, Hoven CW,Wu P,Wicks J, Mandell DJ, Tiet Q. Association between 

allergy and anxiety disorders in youth. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychi- 

atry 2001;35:815-821. 

11. Gravel R, Béland Y. The Canadian Community Health Survey: Mental Health and 

Well-Being. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 2005;50:573-579. 

12. Kessler RC, Ustun TB. TheWorldMental Health (WMH) Survey Initiative Version of 

the World Health Organization (WHO) Composite International Diagnostic Interview 

(CIDI). International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research 2004;13:83-121. 


13. Statistics Canada. Canadian Community Health Survey (CCHS) Cycle 1.2 Question- 

naire. 2003. [On-line]. Available: 

http://www.statcan.ca/english/concepts/health/cycle1_2/content.htm 

14. Kessler RC, Andrews G, Mroczek D, Ustun B, Wittchen HU. The World Health 

Organization Composite International Diagnostic Interview Short-Form (CIDI-SF). 

International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research 1998;7:171-185. 

15. Patten SB, Beck CA, Kassam A, Williams JVA, Barbui C, Metz LM. Long-term 

medical conditions and major depression: strength of association in the general 

population. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 2005;50:195-202. 

16. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for depression: recommendations and 

rational. Annals of Internal Medicine 2002;136:760-764. 

ISSUE 2 

11. An Assessment of Emotional Pain among Subjects with Chronic Dermatological 

Problems in Lagos, Nigeria 

O. A. Owoeye, O. F. Aina, P. F. Omoluabi, Y. M. Olumide. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. BodemerW, Roos JL. Psychodermatology. Geneeskunde. TheMedicine Journal: //A:\ 

The%20Medicine%20 Journal%20 -%20 June%202001%20 Psychodermatology.htm, 

2001. (Accessed on 7-6-2006.) 

2. Maria K, Pratik G, Asha Z. A study of skin disorders in patients with primary 

psychiatric conditions. Indian Journal of Dermatology, Venerology and Leprology 

2004;70(5):292-295. 

3. Wesley SC, Lewis GH. The classification of psychiatric morbidity in attenders at a 

dermatology clinic. British Journal of Psychiatry 1989;155:686-691. 

4. Koo JYM. Psychodermatology. In Current Concepts.Upjohn 1989:1-45. 

5. Panconesi E, Hautman G. Psychophysiology of stress in dermatology: The psychologic 

pattern of psychosomatics. Dermatologic Clinics 1996;3:399-421. 

6. GuptaMA, Gupta AK. Psychodermatology: An update. Journal of American Academy 

of Dermatology 1996;34:1030-1046. 

7. Buljan D, Buljan M, Situm M. Psychodermatology: A brief review for clinicians. 

Psychiatria Danubina 2005;17(1-2):76-83. 

8. Koblenzer CS. Stress and the skin; significance of emotional factors in dermatology. 

Stress Medicine 1988;4:21-26. 

9. Gupta MA. Psychosocial aspects of common skin diseases. Canadian Family 

Physician 2002;48:660-662. 

10. Orbach I. Mental pain and suicide. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences 

2003;40(3):191-201. 

11. Orbach I, Mikulincer M, Sirota P, Gilboa-Schechtman E. Mental pain: A multi- 

dimensional operationalization and definition. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior 

2003;33(3):219-230. 

12. Massive MJ, editor. Pain: What psychiatrists need to know. Review of psychiatry. 

Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press 2000;19(2):89. 

13. Olumide YM. Dermatitis and eczema in Nigeria-(A review).DOKITA 1997; 

24(1):44-50 

14. Ozumba UC, Nlemadim R. Prevalence of dermatophytosis in University of Nigeria 

Teaching Hospital, Enugu, Nigeria: Any change in pattern? Nigeria Journal of 

Clinical Practice 2005;8(2):83-85. 


15. Holden RR, Metha K, Cunningham EJ, Mcleod LD. Psychache Scale Manual, 2001. 

16. Derogatis LR, Lipman RS, Covi L. SCL-90 R: Administration, Scoring and Procedure 

Manual. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Clinical Psychometric 

Research Unit, 1977. 

17. Evenson R, Holland RA, Mehta S, Yasin F. Factor analysis of the Symptom 

Checklist-90. Psychology Research 1980;46:695-699. 

18. Clark A, Friedman M. Factor structure and discriminant validity of the SCL-90 in a 

veteran psychiatric population. Journal of Personal Assessment 1983;47:396-404. 

19. Cyr JJ, McKenna-Foley JM, Peacock E. Factor structure of the SCL-90-R. Is the one? 

Journal of Personal Assessment 1985;49:571-578. 

20. Olson LR, Mortensen EL, Bech P. The SCL-90 and SCL-90-R versions validated by 

item response models in a Danish community sample. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 

2004;110:225-229. 

21. Onighaiye MA. The impact of length of time in the university on ego identity, self 

esteem and stress manifestations in students. Unpublished BSc thesis. Department of 

Psychology, University of Lagos, 1996. 

22. Erinoso OA. The sources of stress among Nigerian retirees. Unpublished BSc thesis. 

Department of Psychology, University of Lagos, 1996. 

23. Omoluabi PF. SCL-90 manual. In (ed.) Nigerian Manual Series No. 9. PPC Nigerian 

Agency, Yaba, Lagos, Nigeria, 1997. 

24. World Health Organization (WHO). International Statistical Classification of 

Diseases and Related Health Problems (Xth revision). Geneva: World Health 

Organization, 1992. 

25. Hughes JE, Barraclough BM, Hamblin LG, White JE. Psychiatric symptoms in 

dermatology patients. British Journal of Psychiatry 1983;143:51-54. 

26. Johnson FYA, Mostaghim H. Co-morbidity between dermatological diseases and 

psychiatric disorders in Papua New Guinea. International Journal of Dermatology 

1995;35:244-248. 

27. Waziri–Erameh MJM, Omoti AE. Occular leprosy in Nigeria: A survey of an Eku 

Leprosarium. Tropical Doctor 2006;36:27-28. 

28. Medausky RS, Handler RM. Dermatopsychosomatics: Classifications, physiology and 

therapeutic approaches. Journal of American Academy of Dermatology 1981; 5:125-136. 

29. Peveler RC, Fairburn CG.Measurement of neurotic symptoms by self-report 

questionnaire: Validity of the SCL-90-R. Psychological Medicine 1990;20:873-879. 

30. Saravay SM, Steinberg MD, Wienschel B, Pollack S, Alovis N. Psychological 

comorbidity and length of stay in the general hospital. American Journal of Psychiatry 

1991;148:324-329. 

31. Strauman TJ. Self-guides autobiographical memory and anxiety and dysphoria: 

Toward a cognitive mode of vulnerability to emotional distress. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology 1991;101:87-95. 

32. Derogatis LR, Savitz KL. The SCL-90-R and Brief Symptom Inventory (BSI) in 

primary care. InMaruishME, editor.Handbook of Psychological Assessment in Primary 

Care Setting. London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. 2000:297-334. 

33. Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Depression and suicidal ideation in dermatology patients with 

acne, alopecia areata, atopic dermatitis and psoriasis. British Journal of Dermatology 

1998;139:846-850. 

34. Lyell A. The Michelson Lecture. Delusion of Parasitosis. British Journal of 

Dermatology 1983;108:485-499. 

35. Burton JL, Holden CA. Eczema, Lichenification and Prurigo. In Champion RH, 

Burton JL, Burns DA, Breathnach SM, editors. Rook/Wilkinson/Ebling Textbook of 

Dermatology (6th ed.). Oxford: Blackwell Science 1998:629-680. 


36. Fabisch W. Psychiatric aspects of Dermatitis Artefacta. British Journal of Derma- 

tology 1980;102:29-34. 

12. An Exploration of the Spiritual and Psychosocial Variables Associated with 

Husband-to-Wife Abuse and Its Effect on Women in Abusive Relationships 

David A. Katerndahl, Maria Luisa Obregon. International Journal of Psychiatry in 

Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 2; p. 113 (16 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. StrausMA, Gelles RJ, Steinmetz SK. Behind closed doors. New York: Anchor Books, 

1980. 

2. Straus MA, Gelles RJ. Societal change and change in family violence from 1975 

to 1985 as revealed by two national surveys. Journal of Marriage and The Family 

1986;48:465-479. 

3. Tjaden P, Thoennes N. Prevalence and consequences of male-to-female and female tomale 

intimate partner violence as measured by the National Violence Against Women 

Survey. Violence Against Women 2000;6(2):142-161. 

4. JohnsonM, Elliott BA. Domestic violence among family practice patients in midsized 

and rural communities. The Journal of Family Practice 1997;44:391-400. 

5. Burge SK, Schneider FD, Ivy L, Catala S. Patients’ advice to physicians about 

intervening in family conflict. Annals of Family Medicine 2005;3:248-254. 

6. Naumann PP, Langford D, Torres S, Campbell, J, Glass NN. Women battering in 

primary care practices. The Family Practice Research Journal 1999;16:343-352. 

7. Hotaling GT, Sugarman DB. Analysis of risk markers in husband to wife violence: 

The current state of knowledge. Violence & Victims 1986;1(2):101-123. 

8. Ellison CG, Bartkowski JP, Anderson KL. Are there religious variations in domestic 

violence? Journal of Family Issues 1999;20:87-113. 

9. Ellison CG, Anderson K. Religious involvement and domestic violence among U.S. 

couples. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 2001;40:269-286. 

10. Brinkerhoff MB, Grandin E, Lupri E. Religious involvement and spousal violence. 

Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 1992;31:15-31. 

11. Conway K. Coping with the stress ofmedical problems among black and white 

elderly. The International Journal of Aging & Human Development 1985;21:39-48. 

12. Koenig HG, Cohen HJ, Blazer DG, Pieper C,Meador KG, Shelp F, Goli V, 

DiPasquale B. Religious coping and depression among elderly hospitalized medically ill 

men. The American Journal of Psychiatry 1992;149:1693-1700. 

13. Nurius PS, Furrey J, Berliner L. Coping capacity among women with abusive 

partners. Violence & Victims 1992;7:229-243. 

14. Webb M, Whitmer, KJ. (in article had her name as Kara J. Otto Whitmer). Abuse 

history, world assumptions and religious problem solving. Journal for the Scientific 

Study of Religion 2001;40(3):445-453. 

15. Reinert DF, Smith CE. Childhood sexual abuse and female spiritual development. 

Counseling & Values 1997;41(3):235-245. 

16. Ryan PL. Spirituality among adult survivors of childhood violence. Journal of 

Transpersonal Psychology 1998b;30(1):39-51. 

17. Mahoney A, Pargament KI, Tarakeshwar N, Swank AB. Religion in the home in the 

1980s and 1990s. Journal of Family Psychology 2001;15:559-596. 

18. Fleming MF, Barry K, MacDonald R. The alcohol use disorders identification test 

(AUDIT) in a college sample. International Journal of Addiction 1991;26:1173-1185. 

19. Shields NM, Hanneke CR. Battered wives’ reactions to marital rape. In Finkelhor 


D,Gelles RJ, Hotaling GT, StrausMA, editors. Dark Side of Families, Beverly Hills, CA: 

Sage, 1983. 

20. Coleman KH,WeinmanML, Hsi BP. Factors affecting conjugal violence. The Journal 

of Psychology 1980;105:197-202. 

21. Wasson J, Keller A, Rubenstein L, Hays R, Nelson E, Johnson D. Dartmouth primary 

care COOP project. Medical Care 1992;30:MS42-49. 

22. Spanier GB. Dyadic adjustment scale. In Fredman N, Sherman R., editors. Handbook 

of Measurements for Marriage and Family Therapy, Queens College, NY: Brunner/ 

Mazel Publishers, 1987. 

23. Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group. Multidimensional 

Measurement of Religiousness/Spirituality for Use in Health Research, Kalamazoo, 

MI: Fetzer Institute, 1999. 

24. Cohen J. Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed.), Hillsdale, 

NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, 1988. 

25. Astin MC, Lawrence KJ, Foy DW. Posttraumatic stress disorder among battered 

women: Risk and resiliency factors. Violence & Victims 1993;8:17-28. 

26. Riggs DS, Murphy CM, O’Leary K. Daniel. Intentional falsification in reports of 

interpartner aggression. Journal of Interpersonal Violence 1989;4:220-232. 

27. Edleson JL, Brygger MP. Gender differences in reporting of battering incidences. 

Family Relations 1986;35:377-382. 

13. Depression, Hopelessness, and Sleep in Cancer Patients' Desire for Death 

Kyriaki Mystakidou, Efi Parpa, Eleni Tsilika, Maria Pathiaki, et al. International 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Breitbart W, Rosenfeld B, Pessin H, Kaim M, Funesti-Esch J, Galietta M, Nelson JC, 

Bresscia, R. Depression, hopelessness and the desire for hastened death in terminally ill 

patients with cancer. Journal of American Medical Association 2000;284(22):2907-2911. 

2. Mystakidou K, Parpa E, Katsouda E, Galanos A, Vlahos L. Influence of pain 

and quality of life on desire for hastened death in patients with advanced cancer. 

International Journal of Palliative Nursing 2004;10(10):476-483. 

3. Rosenfeld B, Breitbart W, Galietta M, Kaim M, Funesti-Esch J, Pessin H, 

Nelson JC, Brescia R. The schedule of attitudes toward hastened death. Cancer 

2000;88(12):2868-2875. 

4. Pessin H, Rosenfeld B, Breitbart W. Assessing psychological distress near the end 

of life. American Behavioral Scientist 2002;46(3):357-372. 

5. Carpenter JS, Andrykowski MA. Psychometric evaluation of the Pittsburgh Sleep 

Quality Index. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1998;45:5-13. 

6. Smith MT, Perlis ML, Haythornthwaite JA. Suicidal ideation in outpatients with 

chronic musculoskeletal pain: An exploratory study of the role of sleep onset insomnia 

and pain intensity. Clinical Journal of Pain 2004;20:111-118. 

7. OkenMM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, Horton J, Davis TE,McFadden ET, Carbone, PP. 

Toxicity and response criteria of the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group. American 

Journal of Clinical Oncology 1982;5:649-655. 

8. Mystakidou K, Rosenfeld B, Parpa E, Katsouda E, Galanos A, Vlahos, L. The 

Schedule of Attitudes Toward Hastened Death: Validation analysis in terminally ill 

cancer patients. Palliative and Supportive Care 2004;2:395-402. 


9. Rosenfeld B, Breitbart W, Stein K, Funesti-Esch J, Kaim M, Krivo S, Galietta M. 

Measuring desire for death among patients with HIV/AIDS: The Schedule of Attitudes 

Toward Hastened Death. American Journal of Psychiatry 1999;156(1):94-99 

10. Mystakidou K, Tsilika E, Parpa E, Smyrniotis V, Galanos A, Vlahos, L. Beck 

Depression Inventory: Exploring its psychometric properties in a palliative care 

population of advanced cancer patients. European Journal of Cancer Care 2006; 

in press. 

11. Beck AT, Ward CH, Mendeson M, Mock J, Arbough J. An inventory for measuring 

depression. Archives of General Psychiatry 1961;4:53-63. 

12. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory-II. 

San Antonio, TX: Psychological Corporation, 1996. 

13. Beck AT, Weissman A, Lester D, Trexler L. The measurement of pessimism: The 

Hopelessness Scale. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1974;42(6): 861-865. 

14. Beck AT, Steer RA. Manual for the Beck Hopelessness Scale. San Antonio, TX: 

Psychological Corporation, 1998. 

15. Buysse DJ. Insomnia, depression and aging. Assessing sleep and mood interactions in 

older adults. Geriatrics 2004;59:47-51. 

16. Ahles TA, Ruckdeschel JH, Blanchard EB. Cancer-related pain-II. Assessment with 

visual analogue scales. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1984;28:121-124. 

17. Menon AS, Campbell D, Ruskin P, Hebel R. Depression, hopelessness, and the desire 

for life-saving treatments among elderly medically ill veterans. American Journal of 

Geriatric Psychology 2000;8:333-342. 

18. Filiberti A, Ripamonti C, Totis A, Ventafridda V, De Conno F, Contiero P, et al. 

Characteristics of terminal cancer patients who committed suicide during a home 

palliative care program. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management 2001;22:544-553 

19. Mystakidou K, Parpa E, Katsouda E, Galanos A, Vlahos L. The role of physical and 

psychological symptoms in desire for death: A study of terminally ill cancer patients. 

Psycho-Oncology 2006;15:355-360. 

20. Chochinov HM, Wilson KG, Enns M, Mowchun N, Lander L, Levitt M, Clinch JJ. 

Desire for death in the terminally ill. American Journal of Psychiatry 1995;152(8):1185- 

1191. 

21. Emanuel JE, Fairclough LD, Daniels ER, Clarridge BR. Euthanasia and physician 

assisted suicide: Attitudes and experiences of oncology patients. Oncologists, and 

the public. Lancet 1996;347:1805-1810. 

22. Rosenfeld B, Gibson C, Kramer M, Breitbart W. Hopelessness and terminal illness: 

The construct of hopelessness in patients with advanced AIDS. Palliative and Supportive 

Care 2004;2:43-53. 

23. Roth T, Drake C. Evolution of insomnia: Currents status and future direction. Sleep 

Medicine 2004;5:S23-S30. 

24. Breslau N, Roth T, Rosenthal L, Andreski P. Sleep disturbance and psychiatric 

disorders: Alongitudinal epidemiological study of young adults. Biological Psychiatry 

1996;39:411-418. 

25. Breitbart W, Rosenfeld B. Physician-assisted suicide: The influence of psychosocial 

issues. Cancer Control 1999;6:146-161. 

26. Jones JM, Huggins MA, Rydall AC, Rodin GM. Symptomatic distress, hopeless- 

ness, and the desire for hastened death in hospitalized cancer patients. Journal of 

Psychosomatic Research 2003;55:411-418. 

27. Fortner BV, Stepanski EJ, Wang SC, Kasprowicz S, Durrence HH. Sleep and quality 

of life in breast cancer patients. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management 2002; 

24(5):471-480 

28. Mercadante S, Girelli D, Casuccio A. Sleep disorders in advanced cancer patients: 


Prevalence and factors associated. Supportive Care in Cancer 2004;12(5):355-359. 

14. Pattern of Psychiatry Morbidity During Hajj Period at Al-Noor Specialist 

Hospital 

Khadija Masood, Zohair J. Gazzaz, Khalid Ismail, Khalid O. Dhafar, Ahmad Kamal. 


(10 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. World Health Organization. Mental Health Resources in the World. Initial Results of 

Project Atlas. Geneva, World Health Organization 2001 (Fact Sheet No. 260, April 

2001). 

2. Almeida-Filho N, Mari J de J, Coutinho E, Franca JF, Fernandes J, Andreoli SB, 

Busnello ED. Brazilian multicentric study of psychiatric morbidity: Methodological 

features and prevalence estimates. British Journal Psychiatry 1997;171:524-529. 

3. The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders: Clinical Descrip- 

tions and Diagnostic Guidelines. Geneva: World Health Organization, 1992. 

4. Osman AA, Alkateeb SO, Ali AS. The pattern of admission to Jeddah psychiatric 

hospital. Saudi Medical Journal 1993;14,334-339. 

5. el Sayed SM, Maghraby MM, Hafeiz HB, Buckley MM. Psychiatric diagnostic 

Categories in Saudi Arabia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 1986;74(6):553-554. 

6. Zaidan Z, Alwash R, Al-Hussaini A, Al-Jarrah M. Psychiatric morbidity in Northern 

Jordan: A ten-year review. SQU Journal of Scientific Research: Medical Sciences, 

2000;2:43-47. College of Medicine & HSc, Sultan Qaboos University, 1993. 

7. Al-Zayed A, Sorour A, Ashkanani Z. Annual treated psychiatric morbidity: Demo- 

graphic and diagnostic features. InOhaeri JU, editor. Proceedings of theMental Health 

Care Practices in the Gulf (Kuwait), eCOMMUNITY: International Journal ofMental 

Health & Addiction, 2004. 

8. Myers JK, Weissman MM, Tischler GL, Holzer CE, Leaf PJ, Orvaschel H, Anthony 

JC, Boyd JH, Burke JD, Kramer M, Stoltzman R. Six month prevalence of psychiatric 

disorders in three communities. Archives of General Psychiatry 1984;41:959-967. 

9. Ihezue UH, Okpara E. Psychiatric disorders of old age in Enugue, Nigeria; Sociodemographic 

and clinical characteristics. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 1989; 

79:332-337. 

10. Niaz U, Hassan S, Husain H, Siddiqui SS. A cross-sectional study of the frequency of 

psychiatric morbidity in affluent urban population of Karachi. Pakistan Journal of 

Medical Sciences 2004;20(4):337-344. 

11. Minhas FA, Farooq S, Rahman A. In-patient psychiatric morbidity in a tertiary care 

mental health facility; A study based on a psychiatric case register. Journal of College 

Physicians and Surgery in Pakistan 2001;14:224-228. 

12. Abu-Hijleh NS. Psychiatric consultations in Jordan University Hospital: A com- 

parative report on 861 referrals. Jordan Medical Journal 1987;2:149-158. 

13. El-Akabawi AS, Nusseir E, Kamel F. Psychiatric morbidity in an Egyptian village: A 

community survey. Egyptian Journal of Psychiatry 1983;6:126-140. 

14. Bhagwanjee A, Parekh A, Paruk Z, Petersen I, Subedar H. Prevalence of minor 

psychiatric disorders in an African rural community in South Africa. Psychology and 

Medicine 1998;28:1137-1147. 

15. Regier DA, Boyd JH, Burke JD, Rae DS, Myers JK, Kramer M, Robins LN, George 

LK, Karno M, Locke BZ. One-month prevalence of mental disorders in the United States. 

Archives of General Psychiatry 1988;45:977-987. 


16. Mirza I, Jenkins R. Risk factors, prevalence, and treatment of anxiety and depressive 

disorders in Pakistan: Systematic review. British Medical Journal 2004;328:794. 

17. Chaleby K. Psychosocial stresses and psychiatric disorders in an outpatient population 

in Saudi Arabia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 1986;73(2):147-151. 

18. Khattab MS, AbolfotouhMA, Al-Khaldi YM, KhanMY. Studying the referral system 

in one family practice center in Saudi Arabia. Annals of Saudi Medicine 1999;19(2). 

19. Badawi I, Khattab MS, Campbell J. Referral rates and patterns in primary care 

department in Khamis Mushayt, Saudi Arabia. Saudi Medical Journal 1998;19: 157-161. 

20. Al-Khathami AD, Ogbeide DO. Prevalence of mental illness among Saudi adult 

primary-care patients in Central Saudi Arabia. Saudi Medical Journal 2002;23(6): 721- 

724. 

21. Dhavale HS, Barve RG. Psychiatric referral pattern in general hospital. Journal of 

Postgraduate Medicine 1990;36:199-202. 

22. Clureshi NA, Hegazi IS. Pattern of psychiatric disorders among elderly patients 

(>50 yrs.) attending psychiatric outpatient clinics at Buraidah, AI-Qassim Saudi 

Arabia. Arab Journal of Psychiatry 1994;5(1):48-56. 

23. Shuriquie N. Military psychiatry—A Jordanian experience at Jordanian Field Hosp. 

Mazar-i-Sharif in Afghanistan. Psychiatric Bulletin 2003;27:386-388. 

24. AbuMadiniMS, Rahim SI. Psychiatric admission in a general hospital. Patients profile 

and patterns of service utilization over a decade. Saudi Medical Journal 2002; 23(1):44- 

50. 

25. Fawzy AR, Mostafa M. Patterns of psychiatric disorders among elderly patients 

attending outpatient clinics of the Kuwait Psychological Medicine Hospital. In Ohaeri 

JU, editor. Proceedings of the Mental Health Care Practices in the Gulf (Kuwait), 

eCOMMUNITY: International Journal of Mental Health & Addiction. 

26. Al Sughayir MA. Referral pattern of physical diseases in psychiatric in-patients. 

Saudi Medical Journal 2000;21(9):864-868. 

15. Phenomenology and Outcome of Factitious Disorders in Otolaryngology Clinic 

in Oman 

Deepa Bhargava, Mohammed H. Al Okbi, Rashid Al-Abri, Kamlesh Bhargava, et al. 


(12 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) (4th ed.). Washington, 

DC: American Psychiatric Association, 2000. 

2. Lipsitt DR. Factitious disorders and Munchausen’s syndrome. Up-To-Date 2005; 13:1- 

8. 

3. Kaplan HI, Saddock NI. Synopsis of Psychiatry: Behavioral Sciences/Clinical 

Psychiatry (8th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincot Williams and Wilkins, 1998. 

4. Feldman MD, Ford CV, Reinhold, T. Patient or Pretender: Inside the Strange World of 

Factitious Disorders. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1993. 

5. Fliege H, Scholler G, Rose M, Willenberg H, Klapp BF. Factitious disorders and 

pathological self-harm in a hospital population: An interdisciplinary challenge. 

General Hospital Psychiatry 2002;24:164-171. 

6. Escobar JI, Canino G. Unexplained physical complaints. Psychopathology and 

epidemiological correlates. British Journal of Psychiatry 1989;(Suppl. 4):24-27. 

7. Pilowsky I. The concept of abnormal illness behavior. Psychosomatics 1990;31: 207- 

213. 


8. Karnik AM, Farah S, Khadadah M, Al-Duwaisan H, Denath FM. A unique case 

of Munchausen syndrome. British Journal of Clinical Practice 1990;44:699-701. 

9. Koul RL, Chacko A, Al-Lamki Z, Al-Amri AM, Al-Khusaiby S. Munchausen 

syndrome by proxy. Saudi Medical Journal 2000;21:482-486. 

10. Bappal B, George M, Nair R, Khusaiby SA, De Silva V. Factitious hypoglycemia: 

A tale from the Arab world. Pediatrics 2001;107:180-181. 

11. Al-Qattan MM. Factitious disorders of the upper limb in Saudi Arabia. Journal of 

Hand Surgery 2001;26:414-421. 

12. Thomas MR. Factitious illness and the ENT surgeon. Journal of Laryngology and 

Otology 1989;103:882-884 

13. Yanik M, San I, Alatas N. A case of factitious disorder involving menstrual blood 

smeared on the face. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2004; 34:97-101. 

14. Gadre AK, De Sautel MG, Sender CW. Otolaryngological manifestations of facti- 

tious disorders—A case and literature review. Journal of Laryngology and Otology 

1996;110:981-983. 

15. Manning SC, Cassel Brand M, Lammers D. Otolaryngological manifestation of 

child abuse. International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology 1990;20:7-16. 

16. Jamison DT, SandbuME. Global health.WHO ranking of health system performance. 

Science 2001;293:1595-1596. 

17. Raven J. The Raven’s Progressive Matrices: Change and stability over culture and 

time. Cognitive Psychology 2000;41:1-48. 

18. Eisendrath, SJ, Feldman MD, editors. The Spectrum of Factitious Disorders. 

Washington: American Psychiatric Publishing, 1996. 

19. Harding TW, de ArangoMV, Baltazar J, Climent CE, Ibrahim HH, Ladrido-Ignacio L, 

Murthy RS, Wig NN. Mental disorders in primary health care: A study of their frequency 

and diagnosis in four developing countries. Psychological Medicine 1980;2:231-241. 

20. Al Lawati J, Al Lawati N, Al Siddiqui M, Antony SX, Al Naamani A, Martin RG, 

Kolbe R, Theodorsson T, Osman Y, Al Hussaini AA, Al Adawi S. Psychological 

morbidity in primary healthcare in Oman: A preliminary study. Journal for Scientific 

Research: Medical Sciences 2000;2:105-110. 

21. Ghubash R, Daradkeh T, El-Rufaie OF, Abou-SalehMT. A comparison of the validity 

of two psychiatric screening questionnaires: The Arabic General Health Questionnaire 

(AGHQ) and Self-Reporting Questionnaire (SRQ-20) in UAE, using Receiver Operating 

Characteristic (ROC) analysis. European Psychiatry 2001;16: 122-126. 

22. Al-SharbatiM, Al-Adawi S, Al-Hussaini AA, Al Lawati S,Martin R. ADHD in Omani 

schoolgirls. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 

2004;43:132-133. 

23. Carney MWP. Artificial illness to attract medical attention. British Journal of 

Psychiatry 1980;136:542-547. 

24. Ford CF. The Somatizing Disorders: Illness as a Way of Life. New York: Elsevier 

Biomedical, 1983. 

25. Reich P, Gottfried LA. Factitious disorders in a training hospital. Annals of Internal 

Medicine 1983;99:240-247. 

26. Asher R. Munchausen syndrome. Lancet 1951;1:339-341. 

27. Sutherland, AJ, Rodin, GM. Factitious disorders in a general hospital setting: Clinical 

features and a review of the literature. Psychosomatics 1990;31:392-399. 

28. Hertz SM, Greenberg R, Baredes S. The role of the psychiatrist in otolaryngology. 

Otolaryngologic Clinics of North America 1984;17:735-743. 

29. Fehnel CR, Brewer EJ. Munchausen’s syndrome with 20-year follow-up. American 

Journal of Psychiatry 2006;163:547. 

30. Krahn LE, Li H, O’Connor MK: Patients who strive to be ill: Factitious disorder with 


physical symptoms. American Journal of Psychiatry 2003;160:1163-1168. 

31. Batshaw ML, Wachtel RC, Deckel AW, Whitehouse PJ, Moses HIII, Fochtman LJ, 

Eldridge R: Munchausen’s syndrome simulating torsion dystonia. New England 

Journal of Medicine 1985;312:1437-1439. 

32. Dwairy M. Foundations of psychosocial dynamic personality theory of collective 

people. Clinical Psychology Review 2002;22:343-360. 

33. Sakamoto N, Martin RG, Kumano H, Kuboki T, Al-Adawi S. Hikikomori, is it 

culture-reactive or culture-bound temperament?: Nidotherapy and clinical vignette 

from Oman. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2005;35:191-198. 

34. Sartorius N, Gulbinat W, Harrison G, Laska E, Siegel C. Long-term follow-up 

of schizophrenia in 16 countries. A description of the International Study of 

Schizophrenia conducted by the World Health Organization. Social Psychiatry and 

Psychiatric Epidemiology 1996;31:249-258. 

35. Al-Adawi S, Salmi A, Martin RG, Ghassani H. Zar: Group distress and healing. 

Mental Health, Religion and Culture 2001;4:47-61. 

36. Al-Adawi S. A glimpse into traditional outlook towards health: A literature review. 

Journal of Medical Humanities 1993;14:67-79. 

16. Psychological factors, quality of life, and Gastrointestinal symptoms in patients 

with 

Erosive and non-erosive reflux disorder 

Zoltán Kovács, Olga Kerékgyártó. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. van Herwaarden MA, Smout AJPM. Diagnosis of reflux disease. Baillieres Best 

Practice and Research. Clinical Gastroenterology 2000;14(5):759-774. 

2. Locke GR 3rd, Talley NJ, Fett SL, Zinsmeister AR, Melton LJ 3rd. Prevalence and 

clinical spectrum of gastroesophageal reflux: A population-based study in Olmsted 

County, Minnesota. Gastroenterology 1997;112(5):1448-1456. 

3. Martinez SD, Malagon IB, Garewal HS, Cui H, Fass R. Non-erosive reflux disease 

(NERD)—Acid reflux and symptom patterns. Alimentary Pharmacology and 

Therapeutics 2003;17:537-545. 

4. Silk DBA. Management of irritable bowel syndrome: Start of a new era? European 

Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2003;15(6):679-696. 

5. Drossman DA. The functional gastrointestinal disorders. Diagnosis, pathophysiology 

and treatment. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1994. 

6. Haug TT,Mykletun A, Dahl AA. Are anxiety and depression related to gastrointestinal 

symptoms in the general population? Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 

2002;37(3):294-298. 

7. O’Malley PG,Wong PWK, Kroenke K, Roy MJ,Wong RKH. The value of screening 

for psychiatric disorders prior to upper endoscopy. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 

1998;44(2):279-287. 

8. Song CW, Lee SJ, Jeen YT, Chun HJ, Um SH, Kim CD, Ryu HS, Hyun JH, Lee MS, 

Kahrilas PJ. Inconsistent association of esophageal symptoms, psychometric abnormalities 

and dysmotility. American Journal of Gastroenterology 2001;96(8): 

2312-2316. 


9. Johnston BT, Lewis SA, Love AHG. Stress, personality and social support in 

gastro-esophageal reflux disease. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1995;39(2): 

221-226. 

10. Drossman DA, Creed FH, Olden KW, Svedlund J, Toner BB,WhiteheadWE. Psycho- 

social aspects of the functional gastrointestinal disorders. Gut 1999;45(Suppl.2): 

1125-1130. 

11. Dimenäs E, Glise H, Hallerback B, Hernqvist H, Svedlund J, Wiklund I. Well-being 

and gastrointestinal symptoms among patients referred to endoscopy owing 

suspected duodenal ulcer. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 1995;30(11): 

1046-1052. 

12. Kulich KR, Újszászy L, Tóth TG, Bárány L, Carlsson J, Wiklund I. Psychometric 

validation of the Hungarian translation of the Gastrointestinal Symptom Rating Scale 

(GSRS) and Quality of Life in Reflux and Dyspepsia (QOLRAD) questionnaire in 

patients with reflux disease. Orvosi Hetilap 2004;145(13)(Suppl):739-744. 

13. Talley NJ, Fullerton S, Junghard O, Wiklund I. Quality of life in patients with 

endoscopy-negative heartburn: Reliability and sensitivity of disease-specific instruments. 

American Journal of Gastroenterology 2001;96(7):1998-2004. 

14. Derogatis LR. SCL-90-R, Administration, Scoring and Procuderes Manual for the 

Revised Version. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University, School of Medicine, 1977 

15. Unoka Z, Rózsa S, Kõ N, Kállai J, Fábián Á, Simon L. A. Derogatis-féle Tünetlista 

hazai alkalmazásával szerzett tapasztalatok/Psychometric properties of the Hungarian 

version of Derogatis Symptom Checklist. Psychiatria Hungarica 2004;19(3):28-35. 

16. Chey WD. Endoscopy-negative reflux disease: Concepts and clinical practice. The 

American Journal of Medicine 2004;117(Suppl.5A):36-43. 

17. Fass R. Epidemiology and pathophysiology of symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux 

disease. American Journal of Gastroenterology 2003;98(3)(Suppl.):2-7. 

18. Quigley EMM. Non-erosive reflux disease: Part of the spectrumof gastro-oesophageal 

reflux disease, a component of functional dyspepsia, or both? European Journal of 

Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2001;13(Suppl.):13-18. 

19. Carlsson R, Dent J, Watts R, Riley S, Sheikh R, Hatlebakk J. Haug K, de Groot G, 

van Oudvorst A, Dalvag A, Junghard O, Wiklund I. Gastro-oesophageal reflux 

disease in primary care: An international study of different treatment strategies with 

omeprazole. International GORD Study Group. European Journal of Gastroenterology 

and Hepatology 1998;10(2):119-124. 

20. Fullwood A, Drossman DA. The relationship of psychiatric illness with gastro- 

intestinal disease. Annual Review of Medicine 1995;46:483-496. 

21. Watson RGP, Tham TCK, Johnston BT, McDougall NI. Double-blind crossover 

placebo controlled study of omeprazole in the treatment of patients with reflux 

symptoms and physiological levels of acid reflux—The sensitive oesophagus. Gut 

1997;40:587-590. 

17. Religiosity, Anxiety, and Depression among a Sample of Iranian Medical 

Students 

Sasan Vasegh, Mohammad-Reza Mohammadi. International Journal of Psychiatry in 


[REFERENCES] 


1. Flannelly KJ, Christopher G, Adrienne L. Methodologic issues in research on religion 

and health. Southern Medical Journal 2004;97:1231-1241. 

2. Koenig HG. Religion and medicine II: Religion, mental health, and related behaviors. 

International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2001;31:97-109. 

3. Koenig HG. Religion and medicine IV: Religion, physical health, and clinical impli- 

cations. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 2001;31:321-336. 

4. Koenig HG. Religion, spirituality, and medicine: Research findings and implications 

for clinical practice. Southern Medical Journal 2004;97:1194-1200. 

5. Exline JJ, Yali AM, Sanderson WC. Guilt, discord, and alienation: The role of 

religious strain in depression and suicidality. Journal of Clinical Psychology 

2000;56:1481-1496. 

6. Satterly L. Guilt, shame, and religious and spiritual pain. Holistic Nursing Practice 

2001;15:30-39. 

7. Weaver AJ, Samford JA, Larson DB, Lucas LA, Koenig HG, Patrick V. A systematic 

review of research on religion in four major psychiatric journals: 1991-1995. Journal 

of Nervous & Mental Disease 1998;186:187-190. 

8. Sloan RP, Bagiella E, VandeCreek L, Hover M, Casalone C, Hirsch TJ, Hasan Y, 

Kreger R, Poulos P. Should physicians prescribe religious activities? New England 

Journal of Medicine 2000;342:1913-1916. 

9. Braam AW, Beekman AT, Van Tilburg W. Religion and depression in later life. 

Current Opinion in Psychiatry 1999;12:471-475. 

10. AzharMZ, Varma SL. Religious psychotherapy in depressive patients. Psychotherapy 

& Psychosomatics 1995;63:165-168. 

11. Razali SM, Hasanah CI, Aminah K, SubramaniamM. Religious-sociocultural psycho- 

therapy in patients with anxiety and depression. Australian and New Zealand Journal 

of Psychiatry 1998;32:867-872. 

12. Koenig HG, McCullough ME, Larson DB. Handbook of Religion and Health. New 

York: Oxford University Press, 2001:21, 22, 86, 87, 128-129, 138, 500, 501. 

13. McCullough ME, Larson DB. Religion and depression: A review of the literature. 

Twin Research 1999;2:126-136. 

14. Shreve-Neiger AK, Edelstein BA. Religion and anxiety: A critical review of the 

literature. Clinical Psychology Review 2004;24:379-397. 

15. Aktekin M, Karaman T, Senol YY, Erdem S, Erengin H, Akaydin M. Anxiety, 

depression and stressful life events among medical students: A prospective study in 

Antalya, Turkey. Medical Education 2001;35:12-17. 

16. Janisse MP, Palys TS. Frequency and intensity of anxiety in university students. 

Journal of Personality Assessment 1976;40:502-515. 

17. Rawson HE, Bloomer K, Kendall A. Stress, anxiety, depression, and physical illness 

in college students. Journal of Genetic Psychology 1994;155:321-330. 

18. Heiligenstein E, Guenther G. Depression and academic impairment in college 

students. Journal of American College Health 1996;45:59-64. 

19. Rosal MC, Ockene IS, Ockene JK, Barrett SV, Ma Y, Hebert JR. A longitudinal 

study of students’ depression at one medical school. Academic Medicine 1997; 

72:542-546. 

20. Bonilla J, Bernal G, Santos A, Santos D. A revised Spanish version of the Beck 

Depression Inventory: Psychometric properties with a Puerto Rican sample of college 

students. Journal of Clinical Psychology 2004;60:119-130. 

21. Storch EA, Roberti JW, Roth DA. Factor structure, concurrent validity, and internal 

consistency of the Beck Depression Inventory–Second Edition in a sample of college 

students. Depression and Anxiety 2004;19:187-189. 


22. Whisman MA, Perez JA, Ramel W. Factor structure of the Beck Depression 

Inventory–Second Edition (BDI-II) in a student sample. Journal of Clinical Psychology 

2000;56:545-551 

23. Al-Musawi NM. Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression Inventory-II with 

University students in Bahrain. Journal of Personality Assessment 2001;77:568-579. 

24. Ghassemzadeh H, Mojtabai R, Karamghadiri N, Ebrahimkhani N. Psychometric 

properties of a Persian-language version of the Beck Depression Inventory–Second 

Edition: BDI-II-Persian. Depression and Anxiety 2005;21:185-192. 

25. Tashakkori A, Barefoot J, Mehryar AH. What does the Beck Depression Inventory 

measure in college students?: Evidence from a non-Western culture. Journal of 

Clinical Psychology 1989;45:595-602. 

26. Osman A, Kopper BA, Barrios FX, Osman JR,Wade T. The Beck Anxiety Inventory: 

Re-examination of factor structure and psychometric properties. Journal of Clinical 

Psychology 1997;53:7-14. 

27. Smith TB,McCulloughME, Poll J. Religiousness and depression: Evidence for a main 

effect and the moderating influence of stressful life events. Psychological Bulletin 

2003;129:614-636. 

28. Kendler KS, Liu X, Gardner CO, McCullough ME, Larson D, Prescott CA. 

Dimensions of religiosity and their relationship to lifetime psychiatric and substance 

use disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry 2003;160:496-503. 

29. Koenig HG, Ford SM, George LK, Blazer DG, Meador KG. Religion and anxiety 

disorder: An examination and comparison of associations in young, middle-aged, 

and elderly adults. Journal of Anxiety Disorders 1993;7:321-340. 

30. Weaver AJ, Flannelly KJ, Strock AL. A review of research on the effects of religion 

on adolescent tobacco use published between 1990 and 2003. Adolescence 2005; 40:761- 

776. 

31. Koenig HG, George LK, Peterson BL. Religiosity and remission of depression in 

Medically ill older patients. American Journal of Psychiatry 1998;155:536-542. 

32. Chen YY, Koenig HG. Do people turn to religion in times of stress?: An examination 

of change in religiousness among elderly, medically ill patients. Journal of Nervous 

and Mental Disease 2006;194:114-120. 

33. Kendler KS, Gardner CO, Prescott CA. Religion, psychopathology, and substance 

use and abuse; A multimeasure, genetic-epidemiologic study. American Journal of 

Psychiatry 1997;154:322-329. 

34. Beck AT, Rush AJ. Cognitive therapy. In Sadock BJ, Sadock VA, editors. Kaplan and 

Sadock’s Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams 

& Wilkins, 2000:1267-1277. 

35. Razali SM, Aminah K. Religious-cultural psychotherapy in the management of 

anxiety patients. Transcultural Psychiatry 2002;39:130-136. 

18. Specific Psychiatric Morbidity among a Sample of Asthmatics in South Western 

Nigeria 

Samuel K. Mosaku, Gregory E. Erhabor, Olufemi Morakinyo. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Burney PGJ, Chinn S, Rona RJ. Has the prevalence of asthma increased in children? 

Evidence from the national study of health and growth 1973-86. British Medical 

Journal 1990;300:1306-1310. 


2. Sears MR. Descriptive epidemiology of asthma. Lancet 1997; (Suppl. II):1-4. 

3. Global initiative for asthma—Global strategy for asthma management and prevention. 

NHLBI/WHO workshop reports. National Institute of Health, 1995. 

4. Anderson HR. Is the prevalence of asthma changing? Archive of Diseases of Children 

1989;64:172-175. 

5. Campbell MJ, Holgate ST, Johnson SC. Trends in asthma mortality. British Medical 

Journal 1998;315:1012. 

6. Busse WW, Reed CE. Asthma: Definition and pathogenesis. In Middleton E Jr, 

Reed CE, Ellis EF, Adkinson NF Jr, Yungner JW, editors. Allergy: Principles and 

Practice (3rd ed.). St. Louis: C. V Mosby, 1998:998. 

7. Rees L. Physical and emotional factors in bronchial asthma. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research 1956;1:98-114. 

8. Yellowlees PM, Kalucy R. Psychobiological aspects of asthma and the consequent 

research implication. Chest 1990;97:628-634. 

9. Nocon A, Booth T. The social impact of asthma. Family Practice 1991;8:37-44. 

10. Cohen SI. In Creed F, Pfeffer _, editors. Medicine and Psychiatry: A Practical 

Approach. London: Pitmans. 1982;ch. 18:290. 

11. Campbell DA, Yellowlees PM, McLennan, Coates JR, Frith PA, Gluyas PA, Latimer 

KM, Luke CG, Martin AJ, Ruffin RE. Psychiatric and medical features of near 

fatal asthma. Thorax 1995;50:254-259. 

12. Sibbald B, Collier J, d’Souza M. Questionnaire assessment of patients attitudes and 

beliefs about asthma. Family Practice 1986;3:37-40. 

13. Heaney LG, Conway E, Kelly C, Gamble J. The prevalence of psychiatric morbidity 

in 

a difficult asthma population: Relationship to asthma outcome. Respiratory Medicine 

2005;99(9):1152-1159. 

14. Krommydas GC, Gourgoulianis KL, Angelopoulos NV, Kotrotsious E, Raftopoulous 

V, Molyvdas PA. Depression and pulmonary function in outpatients with asthma. 

Respiratory Medicine 2004:98{3):220-224. 

15. Lavoie KL, Bacon SL, Barone S, Cartier A, Ditto B, Labrecque M. What is worse 

for asthma control and quality of life: Depressive disorder, anxiety disorder or both? 

Chest 2006;130(4):1039-1047. 

16. Kolbe J. Asthma education, action plans, psychosocial issues and adherence. 

Canadian 

Respiratory Journal 1999;6(3):273-280. 

17. Mancuso CA, Peterson MG, Charlson ME. Effects of depressive symptoms on health- 

related quality of life in asthma patients. Journal of General Internal Medicine 

2000;15(5):301-310. 

18. Ten Brinke A, Ouwerkwerk ME, Bel EH, Spinhoven PH. Similar psychological 

characteristics in mild and severe asthma. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2001; 50:7- 

10. 

19. National asthma education and prevention program. Highlights of the Expert Report 

2: 

Guidelines for the Diagnosis andManagement of Asthma. Bethesda: National Institute 

of Health. 1997;97:4051. 

20. British guideline on the management of asthma. Thorax 2003;58(Suppl. I). 

21. Goldberg DP. The Detection of Psychiatric Illness by Questionnaire: A Technique 

for the Identification of Non-Psychotic Psychiatric Illness. London: Oxford Press, 1972. 

22. Goldberg D, Williams P. A User’s Guide to the General Health Questionnaire. 

London: Nfer-Nelson Publishing Company Ltd., 1988. 


23. Aghanwa HS, Morakinyo O. Psychiatric complications of haemodialysis in a kidney 

centre in Nigeria. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1997;42:445-457. 

24. Aghanwa HS, Erhabor GE. Demographic/socio-economic factors in mental disorder 

associated with tuberculosis in southwestern Nigeria. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research 1998;45:353-360. 

25. Abiodun OA, Ogunremi OO. Psychiatric morbidity in surgical and medical wards 

of a Nigerian general hospital. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1990;34:410-414. 

26. Goldberg D, Huxley P. Mental illness in the community—The pathway to psychiatric 

care (1st ed.). London: Tavistock Publications Ltd. 1990:85-93. 

27. Wing JK, Cooper JE, Sartorius N. Measurement and Classification of Psychiatric 

Symptoms. Cambridge University Press, 1974. 

28. Aghanwa HS, Morakinyo O, Aina OF. Consultation-liaison psychiatry in a general 

hospital setting in West Africa. East African Medical Journal 1996;73: 133-136. 

29. The International Classification of Diseases 10th ed. (ICD-10). Classification of 

mental and behavioral disorders. Clinical descriptions and diagnostic guidelines. 

World Health Organization. Oxford University Press 1992. 

30. Erhabor GE, Kuteyi F, Obembe F. Asthma: The psychosocial impact among a sample 

of South Western Nigerians. Journal of the National Medical Association 

2002;94(11):987-993. 

31. Kolbe J, Fergusson W, Vamos M, Garrett J. Case-control study of severe life 

threatening asthma (SLTA) in adults: Psychological factors. Thorax 2002;57:317-322. 

32. Garden GMF, Ayres JG. Psychiatric and social aspects of brittle asthma. Thorax 

1993;48:501-505. 

33. Meares R, Mills J, Horvath T. Amitriptyline and asthma. Australian Medical Journal 

1971;2:25-28. 

34. Miller BD. Depression and asthma: A potentially lethal mixture. Journal of Allergy 

and Clinical Immunology 1987;80:481-486. 

35. Erhabor GE, Mosaku SK. The association of anxiety with asthma among a sample 

of asthmatics in Ile-Ife Osun State Nigeria. Journal of Asthma 2004;41(7):695-700. 

36. Arntz A, Dreesen L, Deyong, P. The influence of anxiety on pain: Attentional and 

attributional mediators. Pain 1994;56:307-314. 

37. Yellowlees PM, Ruffin RE. Psychological defenses and coping styles in patients 

following a life-threatening attack of asthma. Chest 1989;95:1293-1303. 

38. Rushford N, Tiller JW, Pain MC. Perception of natural fluctuations in peak flow in 

asthma; clinical severity and psychological correlates. Journal of Asthma 1998; 35:251- 

259. 

39. Rea HH, Scragg R, Jackson R, Beaglehole R, Fenfick J, Sutherland DC. A case 

control 

study of death from asthma. Thorax 1986;41:833-839. 

40. Janson C, Bjornsson E, Hetta J, Boman G. Anxiety and depression in relation to 

respiratory symptoms and asthma. American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care 

Medicine 1960;149(4pt 1):930-934. 

41. Maffic HS, Paykel ES. Depression in medical in-patients. British Journal Psychiatry 

1975;126:346-353. 

42. Yellowlees PM, Haynes S, Potts N, Ruffin RE. Psychiatric morbidity in patients 

with life threatening asthma: Initial report of a controlled study. Medical Journal of 

Australia 1988;149:246-249. 

43. Carr RE, Lehrer PM, Hochron SM. Panic symptoms in asthma and panic disorder: A 

preliminary test of the dyspnea-fear theory. Behavior Research and Therapy 1992;30:251- 

261 


44. Lehrer P, Feldman J, Giardino N, Song HS, Schmaling K. Psychological aspects of 

asthma. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2002;70(3):691-711. 

45. Odejide AO. A psychiatric service in a Nigerian general hospital. African Journal 

of Psychiatry 1976:3(4):97-102. 

46. Bosley CM, Corden ZM, Rees PJ, Cochrane GM. Psychological factors associated 

with use of home nebulised therapy for COPD. European Respiratory Journal 1996; 

9:2346-2350. 

47. Hendricson WD, Wood PR, Hidalgo HA, Kromer ME, Parcel GS, Ramirez AG. 

Implementation of a physician education: The childhood asthma project. Archives 

of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine 1994;148:595-601. 

48. Persky V, Coover L, Hernandez E, Contreras A, Slezak J, Piorkowski J, Curtis L, 

Turyk M, Ramakrishnan V, Scheff P. Chicago community based asthma interven- 

tion trial: Feasibility of delivering peer education in an inner-city population. Chest 

1999;116:2165-2235. 

49. Homer C, Susskind O, Alpert HR, OwusuM, Schneider L, Rapparport LA, Rubin DH. 

An evaluation of an innovative multimedia educational software program for asthma 

management: Report of a randomized controlled trial. Pediatrics 2000;106:210-215. 

50. Jones PK, Jones SL, Katz Z. Improving compliance for asthmatic patients visiting 

the emergency department using a health belief model intervention. Journal of Asthma 

1987;24:199-206. 

51. Schmaling KB, Blume AW, Afari N. A randomised controlled trial of motivational 

interview to change attitudes about adherence to medications for asthma. Journal of 

Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings 2000;8:167-172. 

52. Lewis DA, Smith RE. Steroid induced psychiatric syndromes. A report of 14 cases 

and review of the literature. Journal of Affective Disorders 1983;3:319-332. 

53. Bonala SB, Pine D, Silverman BA, Amara S, Bassett CW, Schneider AT. Asthma 

severity, psychiatric morbidity, and quality of life: Correlation with inhaled cortico- 

steroid dose. Journal of Asthma 2003;40(6):691-699. 

19. The Influence of Alexithymia on Persistent Symptoms of Dyspepsia After 

Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy 

Piero Porcelli, Dionigi Lorusso, Graeme J. Taylor, R. Michael Bagby. International 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Misciagna G, Leoci C, Elba S, Petruzzi J, Guerra V, Mossa A, Noviello MR, Coviello 

A, Capece-Minutolo M, Giorgio I. The epidemiology of cholelithiasis in Southern 

Italy. European Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology 1994;6:937-941. 

2. French EB, Robb WAT. Biliary and renal colic. British Medical Journal 1963; 2:135- 

138. 

3. Weinert GR, Arnett D, Jacobs D, Kane RL. Relationship between persistence of 

abdominal symptoms and successful outcome after cholecystectomy. Archives of 

Internal Medicine 2000;160:989-995. 

4. Borly L, Bak Andersen I, Bardram L, Christensen E, Sehested A, Kehlet H, Matzen P, 

Rehefeld JF, Stage P, Toftdahl DB, Gernow A, Hojgaard L. Preoperative prediction 

model of outcome after cholecystectomy for symptomatic gallstones. Scandinavian 

Journal of Gastroenterology 1999;34:1144-1152. 


5. Middelfart HV, Kristensen JU, Laursen CN, Qvist N, Hojgaard L, Funch-Jensen P, 

Kehlet H. Pain and dyspepsia after elective and acute cholecystectomy. Scandinavian 

Journal of Gastroenterology 1998;33:10-14. 

6. Drossman DA, Corazziari E, Talley NJ, ThompsonWG,WhiteheadWE. Rome II. The 

Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders. Diagnosis, Pathophysiology and Treatment: 

A Multinational Consensus (2nd ed.). McLean, VA: Degnon Associates, 2000. 

7. Ringel Y, Drossman DA. From gut to brain and back. A new perspective into 

functional gastrointestinal disorders. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1999;47: 205- 

210. 

8. Porcelli P. Updates on psychological abnormalities in patients with irritable bowel 

syndrome. Indian Journal of Gastroenterology 2004;23:63-69. 

9. McMahon AJ, Ross S, Baxter JN, Russell IT, Anderson JR, Morran CG, Sunderland 

GT, Galloway DJ, O’Dwyer PJ. Symptomatic outcome 1 year after laparoscopic and 

minilaparoscopic cholecystectomy: A randomized trial. British Journal of Surgery 

1995;82:1378-1382. 

10. Luman W, Adans WH, Nixon SN, McIntyre IM, Hamer-Hodges D, Wilson G, 

Palmer KR. Incidence of persistent symptoms after laparoscopic cholecystectomy: 

A prospective study. Gut 1996;39:863-866. 

11. Svebak S, Sondenaa K,Hausken T, Soreide O,HammarA, Berstad A. The significance 

of personality in pain from gallbladder stones. Scandinavian Journal of Gastro- 

enterology 2000;35:759-764. 

12. Jorgensen T. Abdominal symptoms and gallstone disease. An epidemiological 

investigation. Hepatology 1989;9:856-860. 

13. Lorusso D, Porcelli P, Pezzolla F, Lantone G, Zivoli G, Guerra V, Misciagna G, 

Demma I. Persistent dyspepsia after laparoscopic cholecystectomy. The influence 

of psychological factors. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 2003;38: 653-658. 

14. Taylor GJ, Bagby RM, Parker JDA. Disorders of Affect Regulation. Alexithymia 

In Medical and Psychiatric Illness. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1997. 

15. Taylor GJ. Recent developments in alexithymia theory and research. Canadian 


16. Porcelli P, Taylor GJ, Bagby RM, De Carne M. Alexithymia and functional gastro- 

intestinal disorders: A comparison with inflammatory bowel disease. Psychotherapy 

and Psychosomatics 1999;68:263-269. 

17. Porcelli P, De CarneM. Criterion-related validity of the diagnostic criteria for psycho- 

somatic research for alexithymia in patients with functional gastrointestinal disorders. 


18. Portincasa P, Moschetta A, Baldassarre G, Altomare DF, Palasciano G. Pan-enteric 

dysmotility, impaired quality of life and alexithymia in a large group of patients 

meeting Rome II criteria for irritable bowel syndrome. World Journal of 

Gastroenterology 2003;9:2293-2299. 

19. Jones MP, Schettler A, Olden K, Crowell MD. Alexithymia and somatosensory 

amplification in functional dyspepsia. Psychosomatics 2004;45:508-516. 

20. Porcelli P, Bagby RM, Taylor GJ, De Carne M, Leandro G, Todarello O. Alexithymia 

as a predictor of treatment outcome in patients with functional gastrointestinal 

disorders. Psychosomatic Medicine 2003;65:911-918. 

21. Bach M, Bach D. Predictive value of alexithymia: A prospective study in somatizing 

patients. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 1995;64:43-48. 

22. Ros E, Zambon D. Postcholecystectomy symptoms. A prospective study of gallstone 

patients before and two years after surgery. Gut 1987;28:1500-1504. 


23. Barbara L, Camilleri M, Corinaldesi R, Crean GP, Heading RC, Johnson AG, 

Malagelada JR, Stanghellini V, Wienbeck M. Definition and investigation of dyspepsia. 

Consensus of an international ad hoc working party. Digestive Diseases and Sciences 

1989;34:1272-1276. 

24. Bagby RM, Parker JDA, Taylor GJ. The Twenty-item Toronto Alexithymia Scale. 

I. Item selection and cross-validation of the factor structure. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research 1994;38:23-32. 

25. Parker JDA, Taylor GJ, Bagby RM. The 20-item Toronto Alexithymia Scale. 

III. Reliability and factorial validity in a community population. Journal of Psycho- 

somatic Research 2003;55:269-275. 

26. Bressi C, Taylor GJ, Parker JDA, Bressi G, Brambilla V, Aguglia E, Allegranti I, 

Bongiorno A, Giberti F, Bucca M, Todarello O, Callegari C, Vender S, Gala C, 

Invernizzi G. Cross-validation of the factor structure of the 20-item Toronto Alexithymia 

Scale: An Italian multicenter study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1996;41:551-559. 

27. Derogatis LR. The SCL-90-R. Administration, Scoring, and Procedures Manual II 

for the Revised Version. Towson, MD: Clinical Psychometric Research, 1983. 

28. Conti L, editor. Repertorio delle scale di valutazione in psichiatria [Inventory of 

assessment scales in psychiatry] (Vol. 1). Florence, Italy: Società Editrice Europea, 1999. 

29. Svedlund J, Sjödin I, Dotevall G. GSRS. A clinical rating scale for gastrointestinal 

symptoms in patients with irritable bowel syndrome and peptic ulcer disease. Digestive 

Diseases and Sciences 1988;33:129-134. 

30. Wiklund I. Aspects of quality of life in gastrointestinal disease: Some methodological 

issues. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 1993;30(Suppl. 208):129-132. 

31. Veldhuyzen van Zanten SJO, Talley NJ, Bytzer P, Klein KB, Whorwell PJ, 

Zinsmeister AR. Design of treatment trials for functional gastrointestinal disorders. 

Gut 1999;45(Suppl. II):69-77. 

32. Bagby RM, Taylor GJ, Parker JDA, Dickens S. The development of the Toronto 

Structured Interview for Alexithymia: Item selection, factor structure, reliability and 

concurrent validity. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 2006;75:25-39. 

33. Talley NJ. Editorial: Gallstones and upper abdominal discomfort. Innocent bystander 

or a cause of dyspepsia? Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology 1995;20:182-183. 

34. Portincasa P, Moschetta A, Palasciano G. Cholesterol gallstone disease. Lancet 

2006;368:230-239. 

35. Palsson OS. Should we incorporate psychological care into the management of IBS? 

Nature Clinical Practice Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2006;3:474-475. 

36. Taylor GJ, Taylor-Allan HL. Applying emotional intelligence in understanding 

and treating psychological and physical disorders: What we have learned from 

alexithymia. In Bar-On R, Maree JG, Elias MJ, editors. Educating People to be 

Emotionally Intelligent. Sandton, South Africa: Heinemann, 2006:227-240. 

37. Solano L, Donati V, Pecci F, Persichetti S, Colaci A. Postoperative course after 

papilloma resection: Effects of written disclosure of the experience in subjects with 

different alexithymia levels. Psychosomatic Medicine 2003;65:477-484. 

38. Lumley MA. Alexithymia, emotional disclosure, and health: A program of research. 

Journal of Personality 2004;72:1271-1300. 

39. Kosten TR, Krystal JH, Giller EL, Dan E. Alexithymia as a predictor of treatment 

response in post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Traumatic Stress 1992;5:41-50. 

40. McCallum M, Piper WE, Ogrodniczuk JS, Joyce AS. Relationships among psycho- 

logical mindedness, alexithymia and outcome in four forms of short-term psycho- 

therapy. Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice 2003;76: 133- 

144. 


20. The Prevalence of Anxiety Symptoms and Depressive Symptoms in Patients with 

Somatic Disorders in Urban China: A Multi-Center Cross-Sectional Study 

Chao-Wei Fu, Alison W. Tan, Feng Sheng, Rong-Sheng Luan, et al. International Journal 

of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, Iss. 2; p. 185 (15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. The WHO World Mental Health Survey Consortium. Prevalence, severity, and unmet 

need for treatment of mental disorders in the World Health Organization World Mental 

Health Surveys. Journal of the American Medical Association 2004; 291(21):2581-2590. 

2. Kim E, Jo SA, Hwang JY, Shin C, Kim DK, Woo EK, Kim SS, Shin KR, Jo I. A 

survey of depressive symptoms among South Korean adults after the Korean financial 

crisis of late 1997: Prevalence and correlates. Annals of Epidemiology 2005;15(2):145- 

152. 

3. Maurice MO, Robert GP, Christian G, Malijai C. The prevalence of depressive 

disorders in the United Kingdom. Biology and Psychiatry 1999;45:300-307. 

4. http://www.who.int/mental_health/en/ (on April 6, 2006). 

5. Shen YC, Zhang MY, Huang YQ, He YL, Liu ZR, Cheng H, Tsang A, Lee S, Kessler 

RC. Twelve-month prevalence, severity, and unmet need for treatment of mental 

disorders in metropolitan China. Psychology and Medicine 2006;36(2):257-267. 

6. Üstün T, Sartorius N. Mental Illness in General Health Care: An International Study. 

New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1995:323-375. 

7. Li H, Zheng L, Teng J. Study on depressive and anxiety disorder of inpatients in 

general hospital. Zhejiang Da Xue Xue Bao Yi Xue Ban, 2003;32 (4):342-344. 

8. Xu L, Ren J, ChengM, Tang K, DongM, Hou X, Sun L, Chen L. Depressive symptoms 

and risk factors in Chinese persons with type 2 diabetes. Archives ofMedical Research 

2004;35(4):301-307. 

9. Lu L, Huang M, Sun X, Shu F, Liu Z, Li J, Zhang D, Yin H. The study of emotional 

disorders in department of internal medicine. Zhonghua Jing Shen Ke Za Zhi 

1998;31(4):234-236. 

10. Zhao G, Bao Y, Qu C. Occurrence of depression symptoms and their influence factors 

in perimenopausal women. Zhonghua Fu Chan Ke Za Zhi 1996;31(10):614-616. 

11. Zhang R, Chen Q, Li Y. Study for the factors related to postpartum depression. 

Zhonghua Fu Chan Ke Za Zhi 1999;34(4):231-233. 

12. He J, Shangguan X, Wang Z. Clinical study on postpartum depression and its related 

factors. Zhonghua Fu Chan Ke Za Zhi 2000;35(11):660-663. 

13. Chinese Society of Neurology and Chinese Society of Neurosurgery. Classification 

of cerebrovascular disease (1995). Zhonghua Shen Jing Za Zhi 1996;29(6):376-378. 

14. Commission on Classification and Terminology of the International League Against 

Epilepsy. Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndrome. 

Epilepsia 1989;30:389-399. 

15. Wang X. The diagnostic criterion and differential diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease 

and Parkinson’s syndrome. Zhonghua Shen Jing Jing Shen Za Zhi 1985;18:225-226. 

16. Drossman D. The functional gastrointestinal disorders and the Rome process. Gut 

1999;45(Suppl. 2):25-30. 

17. Lü X, Yue Y, Ye X. Menopausal Syndrome. Beijing: Science Publisher, 1995:56. 

18. Ye W, Xu J. The application and validation of HADS in general hospitals. Zhong 

Guo Xing Wei Yi Xue Ke Xue Za Zhi 1993;2(3):17-19. 

19. Zhang M. Psychiatric Handbook. Shanghai: Shanghai Ke Xue Ji Shu Chu Ban She, 

1999:427-429. 


20. Parker G, Gladstone G, Chee KT. Depression in the planet’s largest ethnic group: 

The Chinese. American Journal of Psychiatry 2001;158(6):857-864. 

21. Hu TW. The economic burden of depression and reimbursement policy in the Asia 

Pacific region. Australas Psychiatry, 2004;(Suppl.):S11-5. 

22. Shi S, Lu Z, Zhu S, Wang Z, Xu J, Yang W, Qiu H. Seeking behavior of patients 

with mental disorders and interfering factors. Zhonghua Yi Xue Za Zhi 2000;80(1): 75- 

78. 

23. Jiang W, Alexander J, Christopher E, Kuchibhatla M, Gaulden LH, Cuffe MS, 

Blazing MA, Davenport C, Califf RM, Krishnan RR, O’Connor CM. Relationship 

of depression to increased risk of mortality and rehospitalization in patients with 

congestive heart failure. Archives of Internal Medicine 2001;161(15):1849-1856. 

24. Kauhanen M, Korpelainen J, Hiltunen, P, Brusin E, Mononen H, Maatta R, Nieminen 

P, Sotaniemi KA,Myllyla VV. Poststroke depression correlates with cognitive impair- 

ment and neurological deficits. Stroke 1999;30(9):1875-1880. 

25. Linda S, Sushmita S, Ralph W. Depression and other mental health diagnoses 

increased mortality risk after ischemic stroke. American Journal of Psychiatry 2004; 

161(6):1090-1095. 

26. Parker G, Cheah YC, Roy K. Do the Chinese somatize depression? A cross-cultural 

study. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 2001;36(6):287-293. 

27. Shi G, Cui Z, Su K, Zhang Y. A study on the budget of mental health—Part II. 

Shanghai Jing Shen Yi Xue 2003;15(6):371-375. 

28. Yu D,WuW, Zhang M. Current situation of mental health service in general hospitals 

in Shanghai. Zhonghua Jing Shen Ke Za Zhi 2004;37(3):176-178. 

ISSUE 3 

21. A Case with Euprolactinemic Galactorrhea Induced by Escitalopram 

Murat Gulsun, Ayhan Algul, Umit Basar Semiz, Mehmet Alpay Ates, et al. International 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Wieck A, Haddad PM. Antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinaemia in women: Pathophysiology, 

severity and consequences. British Journal of Psychiatry 2003;182: 

199-204. 

2. Checkley S. Neuroendocrine effects of psychotropic drugs. Clinical Endocrinology 

and Metabolism 1991;5:15-33. 

3. Bronzo MR, Stahl SM. Galactorrhea induced by sertraline (letter). American 


4. Hall MJ. Breast tenderness and enlargement induced by sertraline. American 


5. Peterson MC. Reversible galactorrhea and prolactin elevation related to fluoxetine 

use. Mayo Clinic Proceedings 2001;76:215-216. 

6. Spigset O, Mjorndal T. The effect of fluvoxamine on serum prolactin and serum 

sodium concentrations: Relation to platelet 5-HT2A receptor status. Journal of 

Clinical Psychopharmacology 1997;17:292-297. 

7. Gulsun M, Evrensel A, Verim S. Galactorrhea during escitalopram treatment: A 

case report. Bulletin of Clinical Psychopharmacology 2006;16:39-41. 

8. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders: DSM-IV. Washington, DC: 

American Psychiatric Association, 1994. 


9. Corapcioglu A, Aydemir O, Yildiz M, Esen Danaci A, Koroglu E. The structured 

clinical interview for DSM-IV Axis I (Turkish Version), Ankara: Hekimler Yayin Birligi, 

1999. 

10. Ataya KM, Subramanian MG, Lawson DM, Gala RR. Euprolactinemic galactorrhea. 

Response of bioassayable prolactin to thyrotropin-releasing hormone. Journal of 

Reproductive Medicine 1996;41:156-160. 

22. A Psychotic Disorder Related to Use of Herbal Preparation: Case Report 

Omer Saatcioglu, Zeynep Ugur, Kirkor Kamberyan, Medaim Yanik. International Journal 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Katz JL. A psychotic manic state induced by an herbal preparation. Psychosomatics 

2000;41:73-74. 

2. Capwell RR. Ephedrine induced mania from a herbal diet supplement. American 


3. Baytop T. Therapy with medicinal plants in Turkey (past and present) (in Turkish) 

(2nd ed.). Publications of Istanbul University, No. 3255, Istanbul, 1999. 

4. Schönfelder P, Schönfelder I. Der Kosmos-Heilpflanzenführer. Europäische Heil- und 

Giftpflanzen (Gebundene Ausgabe). Stuttgart: Franckh-Kosmos Verlag, 2001. 

5. Doyle H, Kargin M. Herbal stimulant containing ephedrine has also caused psychosis. 

British Medical Journal 1996;313:756. 

6. Whitehouse AM, Duncan JM. Ephedrine psychosis rediscovered. British Journal of 

Psychiatry 1987;150:258-261. 

7. Josefson D. Herbal stimulant causes US deaths. British Medical Journal 1996; 

312:1441. 

23. Depressive and Anxiety Symptoms, Dysfunctional Attitudes and Social Aspects 

in Irritable Bowel Syndrome and Inflammatory Bowel Disease 

Zoltán Kovács, Ferenc Kovács. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Saito YA, Schoenfeld P, Locke GR 3rd. The epidemiology of irritable bowel syndrome 

in North America: a systematic review. American Journal of Gastroenterology 

2002;97:1910-1915. 

2. Whitehead WE, Palsson O, Jones KR. Systematic review of the comorbidity of 

irritable bowel syndrome with other disorders: What are the causes and implications? 

Gastroenterology 2002;122:1140-1156. 

3. Drossman DA. Do psychosocial factors define symptom severity and patient status 

in irritable bowel syndrome? American Journal of Medicine 1999;107:42-50. 

4. Alexander F. Psychosomatic medicine: Its principles and applications. New York: 

WW Norton, 1950. 

5. Casati J, Toner BB. Psychosocial aspects of inflammatory bowel disease. Biomedicine 

& Pharmacotherapy 2000;54:388-393. 

6. Drossman DA. Gastrointestinal illness and the biopsychosocial model. Journal of 

Clinical Gastroenterology 1996;22:252-254. 


7. Levy RL, Olden KW, Naliboff BD, Bradley LA, Francisconi C, Drossman DA, Creed 

F. Psychosocial aspects of the functional gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterology 

2006;130:1447-1458. 

8. Drossman DA. The functional gastrointestinal disorders. Diagnosis, pathophysiology 

and treatment. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1994. 

9. Carter MJ, Lobo AJ, Travis SPL. Guidelines for the management of inflammatory 

bowel disease in adults. Gut 2004;53:v1-v16. 

10. Caldwel RA, Pearson JL, Chin RJ. Stress moderating effects: social support in the 

context of gender and locus of control. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 

1987;13:5-17. 

11. Kopp M, Skrabski Á. Szociális támogatpttság/Social support. In Kopp M, Skrabski Á, 

editors. Magyar Lelkiállapot. Budapest: Végeken Alapítvány, 1992: 250-251. 

12. Holmes TH, Rahe RH. The social adjustment rating scale. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research 1967;11:213-218. 

13. Szabó G, Rózsa S, KoppM. Az életesemények hatása az életminõségre [The impact of 

life events on quality of life], unpublished manuscript 

14. Beck AT, Ward CH, Mendelson M, Mock J, Erbaugh J. An inventory for measuring 

Depression. Archives of General Psychiatry 1961;4:561-571. 

15. Molnar G, Molnar I. A Beck- és Zung-féle depresszió önértékelõ tesztek faktoranalízise 

[Factor analysis of the Beck and Zung depression rating 

inventories].Pszichoterápia 1999;8:175-180. 

16. Spielberger CD, Gorsuch RL, Lushene RE. STAI manual for the State–Trait Anxiety 

Inventory. Palo Alto: Consulting Psychologists Press, 1970. 

17. Sipos K, Sipos M, Spielberger CD. A State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) magyar 

változata [Hungarian version of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI)]. InMerei F, 

Szakacs F, editors. Pszichodiagnosztikai Vademecum I/2. Budapest: Nemzeti 

Tankonyvkiadó, 1998:123-136. 

18. Weissman AN. The Dysfunctional Attitude Scale: A validation study. Dissertation 

Abstracts International 1979;40:1389B-1390B. 

19. Jekkel É. Kognitív disztorziók az öngyilkos magatartás hátterében [Cognitive 

distortions and suicidal behavior]. Dissertation. Budapest: Semmelweis University of 

Medicine, 2003. 

20. Beck AT. Cognitive therapy and the emotional disorders. New York: International 

Universities Press, 1976. 

21. Beck AT, Brown G, Steer RA, Weissman AN. Factor analysis of the Dysfunctional 

Attitude Scale in a clinical population. Psychological Assessment 1991;3:478-483. 

22. Locke GR 3rd,Weaver AL, Melton LJ 3rd, Talley NJ. Psychosocial factors are linked 

to functional gastrointestinal disorders: A population based nested case-control study. 

American Journal of Gastroenterology 2004;99:350-357. 

23. Lloyd C, King R.Work-related stress and occupational therapy. Occupational Therapy 

International 2006;8:227-243. 

24. Jones MP, Wessinger S, Crowel MD. Coping strategies and interpersonal support 

in patients with irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disease. Clinical 

Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2006;4:474-481. 

25. Patacchioli FR, Angelucci L, Dellerba G, Monazzi P, Leri O. Actual stress, psychopathology 

and salivary cortisol levels in the irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). Journal 

of Endocrinological Investigation 2001;24:173-177. 


26. Walsh JD. The relationship among perceived social support, psychological distress, 

childhood sexual abuse, and irritable bowel syndrome. Dissertation Abstracts 

International; Section B: The Sciences and Engineering 2001;62(5-B): 2507. 

27. KoloskiNA, Talley NJ, Boyce PM. Predictors of health care seeking for irritable 

bowel syndrome and nonulcer dyspepsia: A critical review of the literature on symptom 

and psychosocial factors. American Journal of Gastroenterology 2001;96:1340-1349. 

28. Walker EA, Katon WJ, Jemelka RP, Roy-Bryne PP. Comorbidity of gastrointestinal 

complaints, depression, and anxiety in the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) 

Study. American Journal of Medicine 1992;92(1A):26S-30S. 

29. Lydiard RB. Irritable bowel syndrome, anxiety and depression: What are the links? 

Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2001;62:38-45. 

30. Woodman CL, Breen K, Noyes RJ, Moss C, Fagerholm R, Yagla SJ, Summers R. 

The relationship between irritable bowel syndrome and family history of psychiatric 

disorder. General Hospital Psychiatry 1998;17:43-46. 

31. Sullivan G, Jenkins PL, Blewett AE. Irritable bowel syndrome and family history 

of psychiatric disorder: A preliminary study. Psychosomatics 1995;39:45-54. 

32. SewitchMJ,AbrahamowiczM, Bitton A, Daly D,WildGE, Cohen A, Katz S, Szego P, 

Dobkin PL. Psychological distress, social support, and disease activity in patients with 

inflammatory bowel disease. American Journal of Gastroenterology 2001; 96:1470-1479. 

33. Porcelli P, Leoci C, Guerra V. A prospective study of the relationship between 

disease activity and psychologic distress in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. 

Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 1996;31:792-796. 

34. Fullwood A, Drossman DA. The relationship of psychiatric illness with 

gastrointestinal disease. Annual Review of Medicine 1995;46:483-496. 

35. Beck AT. Depression: Causes and treatment. Philadelphia: University of 

Pennsylvania Press, 1967. 

36. Ingram RE. Origins of cognitive vulnerability to depression. Cognitive Therapy and 

Research 2003;27:77-88. 

37. Toner BB, Koyama E, Garfinkel PE, Jeejeebhoy KN, DiGasbarr I. Social desirability 

and irritable bowel syndrome. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 1992; 

22:99-103. 

38. Beck AT, Epstein N, Harrison R. Cognitions, attitudes and personality dimensions 

in depression. British Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy 1983;1:1-6. 

39. Ellis A. A sadly neglected cognitive element in depression. Cognitive Therapy and 

Research 1987;11:121-145. 

40. Andrews EB, Eaton SC, Hollis KA, Hopkins JS, Ameen V, Hamm LR, Cook SF, 

Tennis P, Mangel AW. Prevalence and demographics of irritable bowel syndrome: 

Results from a large web-based study. Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 

2005;22:935-942. 

24. Effect of Serotonin Receptor 2A Gene Polymorphism on Mirtazapine Response 

in Major Depression 

Rhee-Hun Kang, Myoung-Jin Choi, Jong-Woo Paik, Sang-Woo Hahn, Min-Soo Lee. 


(15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 


1. Duffy A, Grof P, Robertson C, Alda M. The implications of genetics studies of 

major mood disorders for clinical practice. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2000; 61:630- 

637. 

2. Delgado PL,Miller HL, Salomon RM, Licinio J,Heninger GR,Gelenberg AJ, Charney 

DS. Monoamines and the mechanism of antidepressant action: Effects of catecholamine 

depletion on mood of patients treated with antidepressants. Psychopharmacology 

Bulletin 1993;29:389-396. 

3. van Praag HM, Asnis GM, Kahn RS, Brown SL, Korn M, Friedman JM, Wetzler S. 

Monoparoxetine, amines and abnormal behavior: A multiaminergic perspective. 

British Journal of Psychiatry 1990;157:723-734. 

4. De Boer T. The effects of mirtazapine on central noradrenergic and serotonergic 

neurotransmission. International Clinical Psychopharmacology 1995;10(Suppl 4): 19-23. 

5. De Boer T, Ruigt GSF. The selective 2-adrenoceptor antagonist mirtazapine (Org 

3770) enhances noradrenergic and 5-HT1A mediated serotonergic neurotransmission. 

CNS Drugs 1995;4(Suppl 1):29-38. 

6. De Boer T, Ruigt GSF, Berendsen HHG. The 2-selective adrenoceptor antagonist Org 

3770 (mirtazapine, Remeron) enhances noradrenergic and serotonergic transmission. 

Human Psychopharmacology 1995;10(Suppl 2):S107-S118. 

7. De Montigny C, Haddjeri N, Mongeau R, Blier P. The effects of mirtazapine on the 

interactions between central noradrenergic and serotonergic systems. CNS Drugs 

1995;4(Suppl 1):13-17. 

8. Haddjeri N, Blier P, deMontigny C. Noradrenergic modulation of central serotonergic 

neurotransmission: Acute and long-term actions of mirtazapine. International Clinical 

Psychopharmacology 1995;10(Suppl 4):11-17. 

9. Nutt DJ. Tolerability and safety aspects of mirtazapine. Human Psychopharmacology 

Clinical Experiments 2002;17:S37-S41. 

10. Skrebuhhova T, Allikmets L, Matto V. 5-HT2A receptors mediate the effects of 

antidepressants in the elevated plus-maze test but have a partial role in the forced swim 

test. Medical and Scientific Research 1999;27:277-280. 

11. Meyer JH, Kapur S, Eisfeld B, Brown GM. The effect of paroxetine on 5-HT(2A) 

receptors in depression: An [18F]setoperone PET imaging study. The American 


12. Yatham LN, Liddle PF, Dennie J. Decrease in brain serotonin2 receptor binding in 

patients with major depression following desipramine treatment: A positron emission 

tomography study with fluorine-18-labeled setoperone. Archives of General 

Psychiatry 1999;56:705-711. 

13. Chen K, Yang W, Grimsby J, Shih JC. The human 5HT2A receptor is encoded by 

A multiple intron-exon gene. Brain Research and Molecular Brain Research 1992; 14:20- 

26. 

14. Erdmann J, Shimron-Abarbanell D, Rietschel M. Systematic screening for mutations 

in the human serotonin-2A (5-HT2A) receptor gene: Identification of two naturally 

occurring receptor variants and association analysis in schizophrenia. Human Genetics 

1996;97:614-619. 

15. Arranz MJ, Munro J, Owen MJ, Spurlock G, Sham PC, Zhao J, Kirov G, Collier DA, 

Kerwin RW. Evidence for association between polymorphisms in the promoter and 

coding regions of the 5-HT2A receptor gene and response to clozapine. Molecular 

Psychiatry 1998;3:61-66. 


16. Spurlock GT, Helis A, Holmans P, Williams J, D'Souza UM, Cardno A, et al. A 

family-based association study of T/02C polymorphism in 5-HT2A and schizophrenia 

plus identification of new polymorphism in the promoter. Molecular Psychiatry 

1998;3:42-49. 

17. Arranz M, Collier D, Sodhi M, Ball D, Roberts G, Price J, Sham P, Kerwin R. 

Association between clozapine response and allelic variation in 5-HT2A receptor gene. 

Lancet 1995;346:281-282. 

18. Lane HY, Chang YC, Chiu CC, Chen ML, Hsieh MH, Chang WH. Association of 

risperidone treatment response with a polymorphism in the 5-HT(2A) receptor gene. 


19. Cusin C, Serretti A, Zanardi R, Lattuada E, Rossini D, Lilli R, Lorenzi C, Smeraldi E. 

Influence of monoamine oxydase A and serotonin receptor 2A polymorphisms in SSRIs 

antidepressant activity. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology 2002;5:27-35. 

20. Minov C, Baghai TC, Schule C, Zwanzger P, Schwarz MJ, Zill P, Rupprecht R, 

Bondy B. Serotonin-2A-receptor and -transporter polymorphisms: Lack of association in 

patients with major depression. Neuroscience Letters 2001;303: 119-122. 

21. Sato K, Yoshida K, Takahashi H, Ito K, Kamata M, Higuchi H, Shimizu T, Itoh K, 

Inoue K, Tezuka T, Suzuki T, Ohkubo T, Sugawara K, Otani K. Association between - 

1438G/A promoter polymorphism in the 5-HT(2A) receptor gene and fluvoxamine 

response in Japanese patients with major depressive disorder. Neuropsychobiology 

2002;46:136-140. 

22. Kato M, Fukuda T, Wakeno M, Fukuda K, Okugawa G, Ikenaga Y, Yamashita M, 

Takekita Y, Nobuhara K, Azuma J, Kinoshita T. Effects of the serotonin type 2A, 3A and 

3B receptor and the serotonin transporter genes on paroxetine and fluvoxamine efficacy 

and adverse drug reactions in depressed Japanese patients. Neuropsychobiology 

2006;53:186-195. 

23. Peters EJ, Slager SL, McGrath PJ, Knowles JA, Hamilton SP. Investigation of 

serotonin-related genes in antidepressant response. Molecular Psychiatry 2004; 9:879- 

889. 

24. Yoshida K, Takahashi H, Higuchi H, Kamata M, Ito K, Sato K, Naito S, Shimizu T, 

Itoh K, Inoue K, Suzuki T, Nemeroff CB. Prediction of antidepressant response to 

ilnacipran by norepinephrine transporter gene polymorphisms. American Journal of 

Psychiatry 2004;161:1575-1580. 

25. Hong CJ, Chen TJ, Yu YW, Tsai SJ. Response to fluoxetine and serotonin 1A 

receptor (C-1019G) polymorphism in Taiwan Chinese major depressive disorder. 

Pharmacogenomics Journal 2006;6:27-33. 

26. McMahon FJ, Buervenich S, Charney D, Lipsky R, Rush AJ, Wilson AF, Sorant AJ, 

Papanicolaou GJ, Laje G, Fava M, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, Manji H. Variation 

in the gene encoding the serotonin 2A receptor is associated with outcome of 

antidepressant treatment. American Journal of Human Genetics 78:804-814. Epub 2006 

Mar 20. 

27. Suzuki Y, Sawamura K, Someya T. Polymorphisms in the 5-hydroxytryptamine 

2A receptor and CytochromeP4502D6 genes synergistically predict fluvoxamineinduced 

side effects in Japanese depressed patients. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31:825-831. 

28. Murphy GM Jr., Kremer C, Rodrigues HE, Schatzberg AF. Pharmacogenetics of 

antidepressant medication intolerance. American Journal of Psychiatry 2003;160:1830- 

1835. 


29. Choi MJ, Kang RH, Ham BJ, Jeong HY, Lee MS. Serotonin Receptor 2A gene 

polymorphism(-1438A/G) and short-term treatment response to Citalopram. 

Neuropsychobiology 2005;52:155-162. 

30. Frank E, Prien RF, Jarrett RB. Conceptualization and rationale for consensus 

definitions of terms in major depressive disorder: Remission, recovery, relapse, and 

recurrence. Archives of General Psychiatry 1991;48:851-855. 

31. Rothman KJ. No adjustments are needed for multiple comparisons. Epidemiology 

1990;1:43-46. 

32. Fawcett J, Barkin RL. Review of the results fromclinical studies on the efficacy, 

safety 

and tolerability of mirtazapine for the treatment of patients with major depression. 

Journal of Affective Disorders 1998;51:267-285. 

33. Thompson C. Onset of action of antidepressant: Results of different analyses. 

Human Psychopharmacology and Clinical Experiments 2001;17:S27-S32. 

34. Quitkin FM, Taylor BP, Kremer C. Dose Mirtazapine have a more rapid onset than 

SSRIs? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2001;62:358-361. 

35. Versiani M, Moreno R, Ramkers-van Moorsel CJ, Schute AJ. Comparison of the 

effects of mirtazapine and fluoxetine in severely depressed patients. CNS Drugs 

2005;19(2):137-146. 

36. Shen J, Chung SA, Kayumov L, Moller H, Hossain N, Wang X, Deb P, Sun F, Huang 

X, Novak M, Appleton D, Shapiro CM. Polysomnographic and symptomatological 

analyses of major depressive disorder patients treated with mirtazapine. Canadian 

Journal of Psychiatry 2006;51(1):27-34. 

37. Banes A, Florian JA, Watts SW. Mechanisms of 5-hydroxytryptamine(2A) receptor 

activation of the mitogen-activated protein kinase pathway in vascular smooth muscle. 

Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapy 1999; 291:1179-1187. 

38. Fay R, Kubin L. Pontomedullary distribution of 5-HT2A receptor-like protein in 

the rat. Journal of Comparative Neurology 2000;418:323-345. 

39. Janssen P, Prins NH, Meulemans AL, Lefebvre RA. Pharmacological characterization 

of the 5-HT receptors mediating contraction and relaxation of canine isolated 

proximal stomach smooth muscle. British Journal of Pharmacology 2002; 136:321-329. 

40. Landolt HP, Meier V, Burgess HJ, Finelli LA, Cattelin F, Achermann P, Borbely AA. 

Serotonin-2 receptors and human sleep: Effect of a selective antagonist on EEG 

power spectra. Neuropsychopharmacology 1999;21:455-466. 

41. Pullar IA, Carney SL, Colvin EM, Lucaites VL, Nelson DL, Wedley S. LY367265, 

an inhibitor of the 5-hydroxytryptamine transporter and 5-hydroxytryptamine(2A) 

receptor antagonist: A comparison with the antidepressant, nefazodone. European 

Journal of Pharmacology 2000;407:39-46. 

42. de Boer T. The pharmacologic profile of mirtazapine. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 

1996;57(Suppl 4):19-25. 

43. Marek GJ, Carpenter LL, McDougl CJ, Price LH. Synergistic action of 5-HT2A 

antagonists and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in neuropsychiatric disorders. 

Neuropsychopharmacology 2003;28:402-412. 

44. Polesskaya OO, Sokolov BP. Differential expression of the “C” and “T” alleles 

of the 5-HT2A receptor gene in the temporal cortex of normal individuals and 

schizophrenics. Journal of Neuroscience Research 2002;67:812-822. 


45. Parsons MJ, D’Souza UM, Arranz MJ, Kerwin RW, Markoff AJ. The -1438A/G 

polymorphism in the 5-hydroxytryptamine Type 2A receptor gene affects promoter 

activity. Biology and Psychiatry 2004;56:406-410. 

46. Sargent PA, Williamson DJ, Cowen PJ. Brain 5-HT neurotransmission during 

Paroxetine treatment. British Journal of Psychiatry 1998;172:49-52. 

47. Bishop JR,Moline J, Ellingrod VL, Schultz SK, Clayton AH. Serotonin 2A -1438G/A 

and G-protein Beta3 subunit C825T polymorphisms in patients with depression 

and SSRI-associated sexual side-effects. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(10):1-8. 

48. Kasper S. Efficacy of antidepressants in the treatment of severe depression: The 

place of mirtazapine. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology 1997;17:19-28. 

49. Gorwood P. Genetic association studies in behavioral neuroscience. In Cruzio W, 

Gerlai R, editors. Molecular genetic techniques for behavioral neuroscience. 

Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1999:113-121. 

50. Kim JW. Association study and the population admixture. In Korean Society of 

Biological Psychiatry, editors. Human neurobehavioral genetics in the 21st century 

winter workshop, Seoul, 2003. 

25. Primary Care Physicians' Discussion of Emotional Distress and Patient 

Satisfaction 

Revital Gross, Shuli Brammli-Greenberg, Hava Tabenkin, Jochanan Benbassat. 


(15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. United States Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF). Guide to clinical preventive 

services, Third Edition. Screening for depression. Periodic updates 2003;1:121-145. 

2. Bower P, Gilbody S. Managing common mental health disorders in primary care: 

Conceptual models and evidence base. British Medical Journal 2005;330:839-842. 

3. Prior L, Wood F, Lewis G, et al. Stigma revisited, disclosure of emotional problems 

in primary care consultations in Wales. Social Science and Medicine 2003;56: 2191- 

2200. 

4. Kessler RC, Frank RG, EdlundM, et al. Differences in the use of psychiatric outpatient 

services between the United States and Ontario. New England Journal of Medicine 

1997;336:551-557. 

5. OlfsonM, Jilbert T,WeissmanM, et al. Recognition of emotional distress in physically 

healthy primary care patients who perceive poor physical health. General Hospital 

Psychiatry 1995;17:173-180. 

6. Blackwell B, De Morgan NP. The primary care of patients who have bodily concerns. 

Archives of Family Medicine 1996;5:457-463. 

7. Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Zaho S. Lifetime and 12 month prevalence of DSM-3-R 

psychiatric disorders in the United States. Archive of General Psychiatry 1994; 51:8-19. 

8. Vedsted P, Fink P, Olesen F, et al. Psychological distress as predictor of frequent 

Attendance in Family Practice: A cohort study. Psychosomatics 2001;42(5):416-422. 

9. Pignone MP, Gaynes BN, Rushton JL, et al. Screening for depression in adults: A 

summary of the evidence for the US preventive services task force. Annals of Internal 

Medicine 2002;136:765-776. 


10. World Health Organization. The World Health Report 2001. Mental Health: New 

Understanding, New Hope. Geneva, WHO, 2001. 

11. Callahan EJ, Jaen CR, Crabtree BF, et al. The impact of recent emotional distress and 

diagnosis of depression or anxiety on the physician-patient encounter in family 

practice. Journal of Family Practice 1998;46:410-418. 

12. Arroll B, Khin N, Kers N. Screening for depression in primary care with two verbally 

asked questions—Cross sectional study. British Medical Journal 2003; 327:1144-1146. 

13. Susman JL, Crabtree BF, Essink G. Depression in rural family practice: Easy to 

recognize, difficult to diagnose. Archives of Family Medicine 1995;4:427-431. 

14. Karasz A, Sacajiu G, Garcia N. Conceptual models of psychological distress among 

low-income patients in an inner-city primary care clinic. Journal of General and 

Internal Medicine 2003;18(6):475-477. 

15. Kenny DT. Determinants of patient satisfaction with the medical consultation. 

Psychology and Health 1995;10:427-437. 

16. Kim SS, Kaplowitz S, Johnston MV. The effects of physician empathy on patient 

satisfaction and compliance. Evaluation of Health Professionals 2004; 27:237-251. 

17. Smith RC, Lyles JS, Mettler JA, Marshall AA, et al. A strategy for improving 

patient satisfaction by the intensive training of residents in psychosocial medicine: 

A controlled randomized study. Academic Medicine 1995;70(8):729-732. 

18. Roter DI, Stewart M, Putnam SM, Lipkin MJ, et al. Communication patterns of 

primary care physicians. Journal of the American Medical Association 1997; 277(4):350- 

356. 

19. Fraley SS, Altmaier EM. Correlates of patient satisfaction among menopausal 

women. Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings 2002;9(3):235-243. 

20. Gross R. A consumer based tool for evaluating the quality of health services in the 

Israeli health care system following reform. Health Policy 2004;68(2): 143-158. 

21. Gross R, Brammli-Greenberg S, Remenick L. Self-rated health status and health care 

utilization among immigrant and non-immigrant Israeli Jewish women. Women and 

Health 2001;34(3):53-69. 

22. Gross R, Tabenkin H, Porath A, Heyman A, Greenstein M, Porter B, Matzliach R. 

The relationship between primary care physicians’ adherence to guidelines for the 

treatment of diabetes and patient satisfaction: Findings from a pilot study. Family 

Practice 2003;20(5):563-569. 

23. Gross R, Brammli-Greenberg S, Matzliach R. Public opinion of the level of service 

and performance of the health system 2003, in comparison with previous years. 

Research report RR-455-05 Myers-JDC-Brookdale Institute, Jerusalem, 2005. 

24. Collins KS, et al. Health concerns across a woman’s lifespan: The Commonwealth 

Fund 1998 survey of women’s health. New York: The Commonwealth Fund, 1999. 

25. Lin E, Goering P, Offord DR, et al. The use of mental health services in Ontario: 

Epidemiologic findings. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 1996;41:572-577. 

26. Rabinowitz J, Gross R, Feldman D. Correlates of perceived need for mental health 

assistance and differences between those who do and do not seek help. Social 

Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 1999;34:141-146. 

27. Gross R, Feldman D, Rabinowitz J, et al. Mental distress as perceived by the adult 

population in Israel: Characteristics and patterns of utilization of health services. 

Harefua 1998;134(5):6-12 (Hebrew). 


28. Rabinowitz J, Gross R, Feldman D. Perceived need and receipt of outpatient mental 

health services: Factors affecting access in Israeli HMOs. Journal of Ambulatory Care 

Management 2003;26(3):260-269. 

29. Shiber A, Maoz B, Antonovsky A, et al. Detection of emotional problems in the 

primary care clinic. Family Practice 1990;7(3):195-200. 

30. Outram S, Murphy B, Cockburn J. The role of GPs in treating psychological distress: 

A study of midlife Australian women. Family Practice 2004;21:276-281. 

31. Ferraro KF, Su Y. Financial strain, social relations, and psychological distress 

among older people: A cross-cultural analysis. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B, 

Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences 1999;54:S3-15. 

32. Romito P, Turan JM, De Marchi M. The impact of current and past interpersonal 

violence on women’s mental health. Social Science and Medicine 2005; 60:1717-1727. 

33. Stirling AM, Wilson P, McConnachie A. Deprivation, psychological distress, and 

consultation length in general practice. British Journal of General Practice 2001; 

51(467):456-460. 

34. Weissman MM. Depression and gender implications for primary care. Journal 

of Gender Specific Medicine 2000;3(7):53-57. 

35. Del Piccolo L, Saltini A, Zimmermann C, et al. Differences in verbal behaviors 

of patients with and without emotional distress during primary care consultations. 

Psychological Medicine 2000;30:629-643. 

36. Suchman AL, Markakis K, Beckman HB, et al. A model of empathic communication 

in the medical interview. Journal of the American Medical Association 1997;277: 678- 

682. 

37. Gilbody S, Whitty P, Grinshaw J, Thomas R. Educational and organizational interventions 

to improve the management of depression in primary care. Journal of the 

American Medical Association 2003;289(23):3145-3149. 

38. Wilkin D, Hallam L, Doggett MA. Measures of need and outcome for primary health 

care. New York: Oxford Medical Publications, 1992. 

39. Cleary PD, McNeil B. Patient satisfaction as an indicator of quality care. Inquiry 

1988;25:25-36. 

40. Kaplan SH, Ware EF. The patient’s role in health care and quality assessment. 

In Goldfield N, Nash DB, editors. Managing quality of care in a cost-focused 

environment. Tampa, FL: Aspen Publications, 1999. 

41. Pascoe CG. Patient satisfaction in primary health care: A literature review and 

analysis. Evaluation and Program Planning 1983;6:185-210. 

26. Psychopathology and Clinical Features in an Italian Sample of Patients with 

Myofascial and Temporomandibular Joint Pain: Preliminary Data 

F. Nifosì, L. Guarda Nardini, E. Violato, D. Manfredini, et al. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Korszun A. Facial pain, depression and stress—Connections and directions. Journal 

of Oral Pathology and Medicine 2002;31(10):615-619. 

2. Turner J, Dworkin S, Mancl L, Huggins K, Truelove E. The roles of beliefs, 

atastrophizing and coping in the functioning of patients with temporomandibular 

Zdisorders. Pain 2001;92:41-51. 


3. Rugh JD, Solberg WK. Oral health status in the United States: Temporomandibular 

disorders. Journal of Dental Education 1985;49:398-406. 

4. Yap AUJ, Chua E, Hoe KE. Clinical TMD, pain related disability and psychological 

status of TMD patients. Journal of Oral Rehabilitation 2002;29:374-380. 

5. Yap AUJ, Chua EK, Dworkin SF, Tan HH, Tan K. Multiple pains and psychosocial 

functioning/psychologic distress in TMD Patients. The International Journal of 

Prosthodontics 2002;15:461-466. 

6. LeResche L. Epidemiology of orofacial pain. In Lund JP, Lavigne GJ, Dubner R, 

Sessle BJ, editor. Orofacial pain. From basic science to clinical management. The transfer 

of knowledge in pain research to education. Chicago: Quintessence Publications, 2001: 

15-25. 

7. Feinmann C. Themouth, the face ad the mind. Oxford:OxfordUniversity Press, 1999. 

8. List T, Dworkin S. Comparing TMD diagnosis and clinical findings at Swedish and US 

TMD centers using research diagnostic criteria for temporomandibular disorders.Journal 

of Orofacial Pain 1996;10:240-251. 

9. Dworkin S, LeResche L. Research diagnostic criteria for temporomandibular disorders: 

Review, criteria examinations and specifications, critique. Journal of Orofacial Pain 

1992;6:301-355. 

10. Dworkin SF, Sherman J, Mancl L. Reliability, validity, and clinical utility of 

the research diagnostic criteria for temporomandibular disorders Axis II scales: 

Depression, non-specific physical symptoms, and graded chronic pain. Journal of 

Orofacial Pain 2002;16(3):207-220. 

11. Plesh O, Sinisi SE, Crawford PB, Gansky SA. Diagnoses based on the research 

diagnostic criteria for temporomandibular disorders in a biracial population of 

young women. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2005;1:65-75. 

12. Grossi M, Goldberg M, Locker D, Tenenbaum H. Reduced neuropsychologic 

measures as predictors of treatment outcome in patients with temporomandibular 

disorders. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2001;15(4):329-339. 

13. Yap AUJ, Dworkin SF, Chua EK, List T, Tan KBC, Tan HH. Prevalence of temporo- 

mandibular disorders subtypes, psychologic distress and psychosocial dysfunction 

in Asian patients. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2003;17(1):21-28. 

14. Manfredini D, Chiappe, G, Bosco M. Research diagnostic criteria for temporo- 

mandibular disorders (RDC/TMD) Axis I diagnoses in an Italian patient population. 

Journal of Oral Rehabilitation 2006; 33(8):551-558. 

15. Manfredini D, Segù M, Bertacci A, Binotti G, Bosco M. Diagnosis of temporo- 

mandibular disorders according to RDC/TMD Axis I findings. A multicenter Italian 

study. Minerva Stomatologica 2004;53:429-438. 

16. Manfredini D, di Poggio AB, Romagnoli M, Dell’Osso L, Bosco M. Mood spectrum 

in patients with different painful temporomandibular disorders. Cranio 2004 Jul; 

22(3):234-240. 

17. Yap AUJ, Tan KBC, Chua EK, Tan HH. Depression and somatization in patients with 

temporomandibular disorders. The Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry 2002;88:479-484. 

18. Ferrando M, Andreu Y, Galdon MJ, Durà E, Poveda R, Bagan JV. Psychological 

variables and temporomandibular disorders: Distress, coping and personality. Oral 

Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology 2004;98:153-160. 

19. Mongini F, Ciccone J, Ibertis F, Negro C. Personality characteristics and accom- 

panying symptoms in temporomandibular joint dysfunctions, headache and facial 

pain. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2000;14(1):52-58. 


20. Campbell LC, Riley JL, Kashikar-Zuck S, Gremillion H, Robinson ME. Somatic, 

affective and pain characteristics of chronic TMD patients with sexual versus physical 

abuse histories. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2000;14(2):112-118. 

21. Riley JL, Robinson ME, Kvall SA, Gremillion HA. Effects of physical and sexual 

abuse in facial pain: Direct or mediated? Cranio 1998;16(4):259-265. 

22. de Leeuw R, Bertoli E, Schmidt JE, Carlson CR. Prevalence of traumatic stressors in 

patients with temporomandibular disorders. Journal of Oral andMaxillofacial Surgery 

2005;63:42-50. 

23. Auerbach S, Laskin D, Frantseve LME, Orr T. Depression, pain, exposure to stressful 

life events and long term outcomes in temporomandibular disorder patients. Journal 

of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 2001;59(4):628-633. 

24. Meldolesi GN, Picardi A, Accivile E, Toraldo di Francia R, Biondi M. Personality 

and psychopathology in patients with temporomandibular joint pain-dysfunction 

syndrome. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 2000;69:322-328. 

25. Michelotti A, Martina R, Russo M, Romeo R. Personality characteristics of tem- 

poromandibular disorder patients using MMPI. Cranio 1998;16(2):119-125. 

26. Epker J, Gatchel R. Coping profile differences in the biopsychosocial functioning of 

patients with temporomandibular disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine 2000; S62:69-75. 

27. Dworkin S, Turner J, Mancl L, Wilson L, Massoth D, Huggins K, LeResche L, 

Truelove E. A randomized clinical trial of a tailored comprehensive care treatment 

program for temporomandibular disorders. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2002; 16:259-276. 

28. Fricton JR, Olsen T. Predictors of outcome for treatment of temporomandibular 

disorders. Journal of Orofacial Pain 1996;10(1):54-65. 

29. Manfredini D, Bandettini Di Poggio A, Cantini E, Dell’Osso L. Mood and anxiety 

psychopathology and temporomandibular disorder: A spectrum approach. Journal 

of Oral Rehabilitation 2004;31:933-940. 

30. Madland G, Feinman C, Newman S. Factors associated with anxiety and depression 

in facial arthromyalgia. Pain 2000;84:225-232. 

31. Lausten LL, Glaros AG, Williams K. Inter-examiner reliability of physical assessment 

methods for assessing temporomandibular disorders. General Dentistry 2004; 52:509- 

513. 

32. John MT, Zwijnenburg AJ. Interobserver variability in assessment of signs of TMD. 

The International Journal of Prosthodontics 2001;14:265-270. 

33. Lobbezoo-Scholte AM, de Wijer A, Steenks MH, Bosman F. Interexaminer relia- 

bility of six orthopaedic tests in diagnostic subgroups of craniomandibular disorders. 

Journal of Oral Rehabilitation 1994;21:273-285. 

34. Wright AR, Gatchel RJ,Wildenstein L, Riggs R, Bushang P, Ellis E. Biopsychosocial 

differences between high risk and low risk patients with acute TMD related pain. 

Journal of the American Dental Association (1939) 2004;135(4):474-483. 

35. McGregor N, Butt L, Zerbes M, Klineberg I, Dunstan R, Roberts T. Assessment of 

pain (distribution and onset), symptoms, SCL-90-R inventory responses, and the 

association with infectious events in patients with chronic orofacial pain. Journal of 

Orofacial Pain 1996;10:339-350. 

36. Yatani H, Studts J, Cordova M, Carlson CR, Okeson JP. Comparison of sleep 

quality and clinical and psychologic characteristics in patients with temporoman- 

dibular disorders. Journal of Orofacial Pain 2002;16 (3):221-228. 

37. Hamilton M. A rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery 

and Psychiatry 1960;23:56-62. 

38. Hamilton M. The assessment of anxiety states by rating. British Journal of Medical 

Psychology 1959;32:50-55. 


39. Hardt J, Gerbershagen HU, Franke P. The symptom check-list, SCL-90-R: Its use 

and characteristics in chronic pain patients. European Journal of Pain (London, 

England) 2000;4:137-148. 

40. Derogatis LR. SCL-90-R. Administration, scoring ad procedures.Manual–II. Towson, 

MD: Clinical Psychometric Research, 1983. 

41. Schauenburg H, Strack M. Measuring psychotherapeutic change with the Symptom 

Checklist SCL 90 R. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 1999;68:199-206. 

42. Glaros AG, Lumley MA. Alexithymia and pain in temporomandibular disorder. 

Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2005;59:85-88. 

43. Sipilä K, Veijola J, Jokelainen J, Järvelin MR, Oikarinen KS, Raustia AM, Joukamaa 

M. Association of symptoms of TMD and orofacial pain with alexithymia: An 

epidemiological study of the northern Finland 1966 birth cohort. Cranio 2001; 19(4):246- 

250. 

44. Lumley MA, Smith JA, Longo DJ. The relationship of alexithymia to pain severity 

and impairment among patients with chronic myofascial pain. Comparison with selfefficacy, 

catastrophizing and depression. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2002; 

53(3):823-830. 

45. Gatchel RJ, Garofalo JP, Ellis E, Holt H. Major psychological disorders in acute and 

chronic TMD: An initial examination. Journal of the American Dental Association 

(1939) 1996;127:1365-1374. 

46. McCreary CP, Clark GT, Merril RL, Flack V, Oakley ME. Psychological distress and 

Diagnostic subgroups of temporomandibular disorders patients. Pain 1991;44:29-34. 

47. Pallegama RW, Ranasinghe AW, Weerasinghe VS, Sitheeque MAM. Anxiety 

and personality traits in patients with muscle related temporomandibular disorders. 

Journal of Oral Rehabilitation 2005;32:701-707. 

27. Religiosity, Spirituality, and Depressive Symptoms in Pregnant Women 

Joshua R. Mann, Robert E. McKeown, Janice Bacon, Roumen Vesselinov, Freda Bush. 


(13 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Beck CT. Predictors of postpartum depression: An update. Nursing Research 2001; 

50:275-285. 

2. Orr ST, Newton E, Tarwater PM, Weismiller D. Factors associated with prenatal 

smoking among black women in eastern North Carolina. Maternal and Child Health 

Journal 2005;9:245-252. 

3. Pajulo M, Savonlahti E, Sourander A, Helenius H, Piha J. Antenatal depression, 

substance dependency and social support. Journal of Affective Disorders 2001; 65:9-17. 

4. Orr ST, James SA, Prince CB. Maternal prenatal depressive symptoms and spon- 

taneous preterm births among African American women in Baltimore, Maryland. 

American Journal of Epidemiology 2001;156:797-802. 

5. Jesse DE, Seaver W, Wallace DC. Maternal psychosocial risks predict preterm birth in 

a group of women from Appalachia. Midwifery 2003;19:191-202. 

6. Bennett HA, Einarson A, Taddio A, Koren G, Einarson TR. Prevalence of depres- 

sion during pregnancy: Systematic review. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2004; 103:698- 

709. 

7. Nicholson WK, Setse R, Hill-Briggs F, Cooper LA, Strobino D, Powe NR. Depressive 

symptoms and health-related quality of life in early pregnancy. Obstetrics and 

Gynecology 2006;107:798-806. 


8. Marcus SM, Flynn HA, Blow FC, Barry KL. Depressive symptoms among pregnant 

women screened in obstetrics settings. Journal of Womens Health (Larchmt). 

2004;12:373-380 

9. Jesse DE,Walcott-McQuigg J, Mariella A, Swanson MS. Risks and protective factors 

associated with symptoms of depression in low-income African American and Caucasian 

women during pregnancy. Journal of Midwifery Womens Health 2005; 50:405-410. 

10. Smith TB, McCullough ME, Poll J. Religiousness and depression: Evidence for a 

main effect and the moderating influence of stressful life events. Psychological 

Bulletin 2003;129:614-636. 

11. Koenig HG, Hays JC, George LK, Blazer DG, Larson DB, Landerman LR. Modeling 

the cross-sectional relationships between religion, physical health, social support, and 

depressive symptoms. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 1997;5:131-144. 

12. George LK, Larson DB, Koenig HG, McCullough ME. Spirituality and health: What 

we know, what we need to know. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology 2000;19:102- 

116. 

13. Koenig HG, Parkerson GR, Meador KG. Religion index for psychiatric research. 


14. Hill PC, Hood RW. Measures of religiosity. Birmingham, AL: Religious Education 

Press, 1999:130-131. 

15. Fetzer Institute, National Institute on Aging Working Group. Multidimensional 

measurement of religiousness, spirituality for use in health research: A report of a 

national working group supported by the Fetzer Institute in collaboration with the 

National Institute on Aging. Kalamazoo, Michigan: Fetzer Institute, 1999. 

16. Broadhead WE, Gehlbach SH, DeGruy FV, Kaplan GH. The Duke-UNC functional 

social support questionnaire: Measurement of social support in family medicine patients. 

Medical Care 1988;26:709-723. 

17. University of North Carolina Longitudinal Studies of Child Abuse and Neglect 

(LONGSCAN). Available online at: 

http://www.iprc.unc.edu/longscan/pages/measures/Baseline/il6.pdf, last accessed on 

February 12, 2006. 

18. Cox JL, Holden JM, Sagovsky R. Detection of postnatal depression. Development 

of the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. British Journal of Psychiatry 

1987;150:782-786. 

19. Cox J, Holden J. Perinatal mental health: A guide to the Edinburgh Postnatal 

Depression Scale. London, England: The Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2003. 

20. Green JM, Murray D. The use of the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale in 

research to explore the relationship between antenatal and postnatal dysphoria. In 

Cox J, Holden J, editors. Perinatal psychiatry. Use and misuse of the Edinburgh 

Postnatal Depression Scale. London: Gaskell, 1994:180-198. 

21. Gaynes BN, Gavin N, Meltzer-Brody S, Lohr KN, Swinson T, Gartlehehner G, 

Brody S, Miller WC. Perinatal depression: Prevalence, screening accuracy, and 

screening outcomes. Evidence Report/Technology Assessment No. 119. (Prepared 

by the RTI-University of North Carolina Evidence-based Practice Center, under 

Contract No. 290-02-0016.) AHRQ Publication No. 05-E006-2. Rockville, MD: 

Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. February 2005. 

22. Murray D, Cox JL. Screening for depression during pregnancy with the Edinburgh 

Depression Scale (EPDS). Journal of Reproduction and Infant Psychology 1990; 8:99- 

107. 

23. Matthey S, Henshaw C, Elliott S, Barnett B. Variability in use of cut-off scores 

and formats on the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale—Implications for clinical 

and research practice. Archives of Womens Mental Health 2006;9:309-315. 


24. Kraemer HC, Stice E, Kazdin A, Offord D, Kupfer D. How do risk factors work 

together? Mediators, moderators, and independent, overlapping, and proxy risk 

factors. American Journal of Psychiatry 2001;158:848-856. 

25. Martin JA, Hamilton BE, Sutton PD, et al. Births: Final data for 2004. National 

vital statistics reports. 2006; 55(1). Available at: 

http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr55/nvsr55_01.pdf 

28. The Case of H.S.: The Ethics of Reporting Alcohol Dependence in a Bus Driver 

David E. Karol, Isabel N. Schuermeyer, Craig A. Brooker. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California, 551 P.2d 334, California 1976. 

2. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism: The CAGE questionnaire. The Journal of the 

American Medical Association 1984;252:1905-1907. 

3. Applebaum PS. Privacy in psychiatric treatment: Threats and responses. The American 


4. Beauchamp TL, Childress JF. Principles of biomedical ethics. New York: Oxford 

University Press, 2001:308. 

5. Megan’s Law. 42 U.S.C. 14071, H.R. 2137, 1996. 

6. Aschkenasy MT, Drescher MJ, Ratzan RM. Physician reporting of medically impaired 

drivers. The Journal of Emergency Medicine 2005;30:29-39. 

7. Ohio Statute § 2305.33, 1997. 

8. Public policy statement on reporting of patient information related to fitness for 

driving or other potentially dangerous activities. The Journal of Addictive Diseases 

2000;19:125-127. 

9. Leeman CP, Cohen MA, Parkas V. Should a psychiatrist report a bus driver’s alcohol 

and drug abuse? An ethical dilemma. General Hospital Psychiatry 2001;23:333-336. 

29. The Effect of "Parental Loss" Under 18 on Developing "MDD" in Adult Age 

Morteza Noorikhajavi, Susan Afghah, Asghar Dadkhah, Kourosh Holakoyie, Seyyed Hadi 

Motamedi. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. Amityville: 2007. Vol. 37, 

Iss. 3; p. 347 (9 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Sadock BJ, Sadock VA. Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: 

Lippincott, Williams, Wilkins, 2005:1615. 

2. WHO, Harvard University, World Bank. Global burden of disease. World Health 


3. Sadock BJ, Sadock VA. Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: 

Lippincott, Williams, Wilkins, 2005:1576-1577. 

4. Sadock BJ, Sadock VA. Synopsis of psychiatry, behavioral science, clinical 

Psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams, Wilkins, 2003:535. 

5. Jalili A, Davidian H. Epidemiological review of psychiatric disorders in a village 

on the Kavir (Desert) periphery. Article presented at the 3rd Congress of Psychiatric 

and Psychological Researches, Iran. Shahid Beheshti University of Healthcare and 

Medical Sciences. Tehran, December 2-5, 1991. 


6. Bahadorkhan J. Epidemiological review of psychiatric disorders in rural areas of 

Gonabad, Khorasan, Iran. Post Graduate theses in clinical psychology, Tehran Institute of 

Psychology, 1993. 

7. Javidi H. Epidemiological review of psychiatric disorders in Marvdasht areas of Fars, 

Iran. Post Graduate theses in clinical psychology, Tehran Institute of Psychology, 1993. 

8. Kowkabeh F. Epidemiological review of psychiatric disorders in rural areas of 

Azarshahr, Tabriz. Post Graduate theses in clinical psychology, Tehran Institute of 

Psychology, 1993. 

9. Bagheri-Yazdi SA, Bolhari J, Shahmohammadi D. Epidemiological review of 

psychiatric disorders in rural areas of Meybod-Yazd- Iran. Thought and Behaviour 

Quarterly 1994;1(1):32-42. 

10. Palahang H, Nasr M, Barahani MT, Shahmohammadi D. Epidemiological review of 

psychiatric disorders in city of Kashan. Thought and Behaviour Quarterly 1996;2(4):19- 

27. 

11. Nourbala AA, Mohammad K, Bagheri-Yazdi A, Yasami MT. A view of the outlook 

of psychiatric health in Iran, Ministry of Healthcare, Remedial Measures, and 

Medical Education of Iran, 2001. 

12. Kaplan HI, Sadock VA. Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: 


13. Rutter M. Parent-child separation, psychological effect on the children. Journal of 

Child Psychology and Psychiatry 1971;12:233-245. 

14. Kendler KS, Sheth K, Gardner CO, Prescott CA. Childhood parental loss and risk 

for first-onset of major depression and alcohol dependence: The time-decay of risk 

and sex differences. Psychological Medicine 2002;32(7):1187-1194. 

15. Kendler K. Childhood parental loss and alcoholism in women. Journal of 

Psychological Medicine 1986;26(1):47-56. 

16. Harris T, Brown G, Bifulco A. Loss of parents in childhood and adult psychiatric 

disorders, the role of lack of adequate parental care. Journal of PsychologicalMedicine 

1986;16:642-659. 

17. Berlinsky B. Parental death and psychological development. Toronto: Lexington 

Books, 1982:69. 

18. Brown G. Long term effect of early loss of parents. England, UK: Royal Holloway 

College, 1982:255-261. 

19. Bowlby J. Developmental psychiatry comes of age. American Journal of Psychiatry 

1988;145:1-10. 

20. Bowlby J. Attachment and loss, Volume 1, Attachment 2. New York: Basic Books, 

1982:325-340. 

21. Bowlby J. Maternal care and mental health. Geneva: WHO, 1952:480. 

22. UNDP Report. Human Development Report, UN Offices, Geneva, 2000:123-125. 

23. Kaplan HI, Sadock VA. Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: 


24. Schoon VI, Montgomery SM. The relationship between early life experiences 

and adult depression, Z-Psychosomatic-MED-Psychoanalysis 1997;43(4):319-333. 

25. Javed MA, Mirza T. Risk factors for depression. Journal of the Psychiatric Medical 

Association 1992;42(3):57-59. 

26. Takeuchi H, Hiroe T, Kanai T, Morinobu S, Kitamura T, Takahashi K, Furukawa TA. 

Childhood parental separation experiences and depressive symptomatology in acute 

major depression. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences 2003;57(2):215-219. 


30. The Role of Gateway Drugs and Psychosocial Factors in Substance Dependence 

in Eastern India 

Sahoo Saddichha, Baxi Neeraj Prasad Sinha, C. R. J. Khess. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Blaze-Temple D, Lo SK. Stages of drug use: A community survey of Perth teenagers. 

British Journal of Addiction 1992;87:215-225. 

2. Andrews JA, Hops H, Ary D, Lichtenstein E, Tildesley E. The construction, validation 

and use of a Guttman scale of adolescent substance use: An investigation of family 

relationships. Journal of Drug Issues 1991;21:557-572. 

3. Adler I, Kandell DB. Cross-cultural perspectives on developmental stages in 

adolescent drug use. Journal of Studies on Alcohol 1981;42:701-715. 

4. Fleming R, Leventhal H, Glynn K, Ershler J. The role of cigarettes in the initiation 

and progression of early substance use. Addiction Behavior 1989;14:261-272. 

5. Fisher DG, MacKinnon DP, Anglin MD, Thompson JP. Parental influences on 

substance use: Gender differences and stage theory. Journal of Drug Education 

1987;17:69-86. 

6. Hays RD, Stacy AW, Widaman KF, DiMatteo MR, Downey R. Multistage path models 

of adolescent alcohol and drug use: A reanalysis. Journal of Drug Issues 1986;16:357- 

369. 

7. Hays RD, Widaman KF, DiMatteo MR, Stacy AW. Structural equation models 

of current drug use: Are appropriate models so simple? Journal of Personal and Social 

Psychology 1987;52:134-144. 

8. Huba GJ, Wingard JA, Bentler PM. A comparison of two latent variable causal models 

for adolescent drug use. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology 1981; 40:180-193. 

9. Kandel D. Stages in adolescent involvement in drug use. Science 1975;190:912-914. 

10. Kandel D, Yamaguchi K. From beer to crack: Developmental patterns of drug 

involvement. American Journal of Public Health 1993;83:851-855. 

11. Kandel DB, Yamaguchi K, Chen K. Stages of progression in drug involvement from 

adolescence to adulthood: Further evidence for the gateway theory. Journal of Studies on 

Alcohol 1992;53:447-457. 

12. Windle M, Barnes GM, Welte J. Causal models of adolescent substance use: An 

examination of gender differences using distribution-free estimators. Personal and 

Social Psychology 1989;56:132-142. 

13. Welte JW, Barnes GM. Alcohol: The gateway to other drug use among secondary- 

school students. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 1985;14:487-498. 

14. Kandel D, Faust R. Sequence and stages in patterns of adolescent drug use. Archives 

of General Psychiatry 1975;32:923-932. 

15. Single E, Kandel DB, Faust R. Patterns of multiple drug use in high school. Journal of 

Health and Social Behavior 1974;15:344-357. 

16. Chou SP, Pickering RP. Early onset of drinking as a risk factor for lifetime alcohol 

related problems. British Journal of Addiction 1992;87:1199-1204. 

17. Hawkins JD, Catalano RF, Miller JY. Risk and protective factors for alcohol and 

other drug problems in adolescence and early adulthood: Implications for substance 

abuse prevention. Psychology Bulletin 1992;112:64-105. 

18. Goode E. Cigarette smoking and drug use on a college campus. International Journal 

of Addiction 1972;7:133-140. 

19. Fishburne PM, Abelson HI, Cisin I. “National Survey on Drug Abuse: Main Findings, 

1979” (1980), cited by Joseph R. DiFranza and M. P. Guerrera, “Alcoholism and 

Smoking,” Journal of Studies on Alcohol 1990;51(2):130-135. 


20. Comprehensive national analysis between “gateway” drug use and other illicit 

drug use (October 27, 1994). Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse, Columbia 

University. 

21. Risk and Protective Factors for Substance Use among American Indian or Alaska 

Native Youths, National Survey on Drug Use and Health Report (September 24, 

2004), Office of Applied Studies, Substance Abuse and Mental Health, Services 

Administration, U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. 

22. Latimer W, Floyd L, Kariis T, Novotna G, Exnerova P, O’Brien M. Peer and sibling 

substance use: Predictors of substance use among adolescents in Mexico. Rev Panam 

Salud Publica. 2004;15(4):225-232. 

23. Wong CSY, Tang CSK, Schwarzer R. Psychosocial correlates of substance use: 

Comparing high school students with incarcerated offenders in Hong Kong. Journal 

of Drug Education 1996;27(2):157-162. 

24. Bettes BA, Dusenbury L, Kemer J, James-Ortiz S, Botvin GJ. Ethnicity and 

psychosocial factors in alcohol and tobacco use in adolescence. Child Development 

1990;61:557-565. 

25. International Classification of Diseases 10- Diagnostic Criteria for Research, World 

Health Organization, 1993. 

26. Sheehan DV et al. Mini International Neuropsychiatric Inventory. Journal of Clinical 

Psychiatry 1998;59-20S:22-33. 

27. Yu J, Williford WR. The age of alcohol onset and alcohol, cigarette, and marijuana 

use patterns: An analysis of drug use progression of young adults in New York State. 

International Journal of Addictions 1992;27:1313-1323. 

28. Ray R. The extent, pattern and trends of drug abuse in India 2004: National Survey, 

New Delhi. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crimes & Ministry of Social Justice and 

Empowerment, Government of India. 

29. Meena, KP, Vohra AK, Rajput R. Prevalence and pattern of alcohol and substance 

abuse in urban areas of Rohtak City. Indian Journal of Psychiatry 2002;44(4):219-220 

30. Vaswani M, Ravindra RV. Biochemical measures in the diagnosis of alcohol 

dependence using discriminant analysis. Indian Journal of Medical Sciences 2005; 

59(10):423-430. 

31. Ghulam R, Rahman I, Naqi S, Gupta SR. An epidemiological study of drug abuse in 

urban population of Madhya Pradesh. Indian Journal of Psychiatry 1996;38(3): 160-165. 

32. Mattoo SK, Basu D. Clinical course of alcohol dependence. Indian Journal of 

Psychiatry 1997;39(4):29K-299. 

33. Mahanta J, Chaturvedi HK, Phukan RK. Opium addiction in Assam. Indian Journal of 

Psychiatry 1997;39(2):145-154. 

34. Chaudhury S, et al. Physiological assessment of male alcoholism. Indian Journal 

of Psychiatry 2002;44(2):144-149. 

35. Singh J, Singh G, Mohan V, Padda AS. A comparative study of prevalence of regular 

alcohol users among the male individuals in an urban and rural area of District 

Amritsar, Punjab. Indian Journal of Community Medicine 2000;25(2):73-78. 

36. Sharma Y, Mattoo SK. A review of 145 cases of buprenorphine abuse seen in Drug 

De-addiction and Treatment Centre, Department of Psychiatry, PGIMER, Chandigarh 

1998 as cited in Sharma Y & Mattoo SK. Buprenorphine abuse in India: An update. 

Indian Journal of Psychiatry 1999;41(2):154-159. 

37. Kandel DB. On processes of peer influence in adolescent drug use: A developmental 

perspective. Advances in Alcohol and Substance Abuse 1985;4:139-163. 

38. Santor DA, Messervey D, Kusumakar V. Measuring peer pressure, popularity, 

and conformity in adolescent boys and girls: Predicting school performance, sexual 

attitudes and substance abuse. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 2000;29:163-183. 


39. Park K, Mental health. In Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine 2005 

(18th ed.). Jabalpur, India: Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, 632-637. 

40. The cigarettes and other tobacco products—Prohibition of advertisement and 

regulation of trade and commerce, production, supply and distribution act, 2003, 

Government of India. 

41. Alcohol consumption control—Policy options in the South-East Asia region. Geneva, 

World Health Organization, 2006 available at 

http://whqlibdoc.who.int/hq/2002/RC_Documents_SEA-RC59-15_Rev.pdf. 

ISSUE 4 

31. A New Case-Finding Tool for Anxiety: A Pragmatic Diagnostic Validity Study in 

Primary Care 

Sophie Puddifoot, Bruce Arroll, Felicity A. Goodyear-Smith, Ngaire M. Kerse, et al. 


(11 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Oakley Browne MA, Wells JE, Scott KM. Te Rau Hinengaro: The New Zealand 

Mental Health Survey. Wellington: Ministry of Health, 2006. 

2. Nisenson LG, Pepper CM, Schwenk TL, Coyne JC. The nature and prevalence of 

anxiety disorders in primary care. General Hospital Psychiatry 1998;20(1):21-28. 

3. Toft T, Fink P, Oernboel E, Christensen K, Frostholm L, Olesen F. Mental disorders in 

primary care: Prevalence and co-morbidity among disorders. Results from the functional 

illness in primary care (FIP) study. Psychology and Medicine 2005; 35(8):1175-1184. 

4. Mendlowicz MV, Stein MB. Quality of life in individuals with anxiety disorders. 

American Journal of Psychiatry 2000;157(5):669-682. 

5. Ormel J, VonKorff M, Ustun TB, Pini S, Korten A, Oldehinkel T. Common mental 

disorders and disability across cultures. Results from the WHO Collaborative Study 

on Psychological Problems in General Health Care. Journal of the American Medical 

Association 1994;272(22):1741-1748. 

6. Sartorius N, Ustun TB, Costa e Silva JA, Goldberg D, Lecrubier Y, Ormel J, et al. An 

international study of psychological problems in primary care. Preliminary report from 

the World Health Organization Collaborative Project on ‘Psychological Problems in 

General Health Care.’ Archives of General Psychiatry 1993;50(10):819-824. 

7. Lecrubier Y. The burden of depression and anxiety in general medicine. Journal of 

Clinical Psychiatry 2001;62(Suppl 8):4-9; discussion 10-1. NEW CASE-FINDING 

TOOL FOR ANXIETY / 379 

8. Ormel J, Koeter MW, van den Brink W, van de Willige G. Recognition, management, 

and course of anxiety and depression in general practice. Archives of General Psychiatry 

1991;48(8):700-706. 

9. Greenberg PE, Sisitsky T, Kessler RC, Finkelstein SN, Berndt ER, Davidson JR, 

et al. The economic burden of anxiety disorders in the 1990s. Journal of Clinical 

Psychiatry 1999;60(7):427-435. 

10. Ford JD, Trestman RL, Steinberg K, Tennen H, Allen S. Prospective association 

of anxiety, depressive, and addictive disorders with high utilization of primary, 

specialty and emergency medical care. Social Science and Medicine 2004;58(11): 

2145-2148. 


11. Kessler D, Bennewith O, Lewis G, Sharp D. Detection of depression and 

anxiety in primary care: Follow up study. British Medical Journal 2002;325(7371): 

1016-1017. 

12. Kirmayer LJ, Robbins JM, Dworkind M, Yaffe MJ. Somatization and the recognition 

of depression and anxiety in primary care. American Journal of Psychiatry 

1993;150(5):734-741. 

13. Beck AT, Epstein N, Brown G, Steer RA. An inventory for measuring clinical 

anxiety: Psychometric properties. Journal of Consulting Clinical Psychologists 

1988;56(6):893-897. 

14. Meyer TJ, Miller ML, Metzger RL, Borkovec TD. Development and validation of 

the Penn State Worry Questionnaire. Behavioral Research Therapy 1990;28(6): 

487-495. 

15. Goldberg DP, Gater R, Sartorius N, Ustun TB, Piccinelli M, Gureje O, Rutter C. 

The validity of two versions of the GHQ in the WHO study of mental illness in 

general health care. Psychology and Medicine 1997;27(1):191-197. 

16. Zigmond AS, Snaith RP. The hospital anxiety and depression scale. Acta Psychiatrica 

Scandinavica 1983;67(6):361-370. 

17. Spitzer RL, Williams JB, Kroenke K, Linzer M, deGruy FV, 3rd, Hahn SR, Brody 

D,Johnson JG. Utility of a new procedure for diagnosing mental disorders in primary 

care. The PRIME-MD 1000 study. Journal of the American Medical Association 

1994;272(22):1749-1756. 

18. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB. Validation and utility of a self-report version of 

PRIME-MD: The PHQ primary care study. Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Disorders. 

Patient Health Questionnaire. Journal of the American Medical Association 

1999;282(18):1737-1744. 

19. Sackett DL, Straus SE, Richardson WS, Rosenberg W, Haynes RB. Evidence-based 

medicine: How to practice and teach EBM. London: Churchill Livingstone, 2000. 

20. Jordanova V, Wickramesinghe C, Gerada C, Prince M. Validation of two survey 

diagnostic interviews among primary care attendees: A comparison of CIS-R and 

CIDI with SCAN ICD-10 diagnostic categories. [see comment]. Psychology and 

Medicine 2004;34(6):1013-1024. 

21. Bjelland I, Dahl AA, Haug TT, Neckelmann D. The validity of the Hospital Anxiety 

and Depression Scale. An updated literature review. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 

2002;52(2):69-77. 

22. Goodyear-Smith F, Arroll B, Sullivan S, Elley R, Docherty B, Janes R. Lifestyle 

screening: Development of an acceptable multi-item general practice tool. New 

Zealand Medical Journal 2004;117(1205):U1146. 380 / PUDDIFOOT ET AL 

23. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, Monahan PO, Lowe B. Anxiety disorders in 

primary care: Prevalence, impairment, comorbidity and detection. Annals of Internal 

Medicine 2007;146:317-325. 

24. BMJ publishing group. Clinical evidence: BMJ publishing group, 2007. 

25. Bruce TJ, Saeed SA, Frenkel AR. Social anxiety disorder. www.uptodate.com, 2007. 

26. Ciechanowski P, Katon W. Overview of phobic disorders. www.uptodate.com, 2007. 


32. Assessing the Biopsychosociospiritual Model in Primary Care: Development of 

the Biopsychosociospiritual Inventory (BioPSSI) 

David Katerndahl, Daniel Oyiriaru. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Engel GL. Need for a new medical model. Science 1977;196:129-136. 

2. Engel GL. Clinical application of the biopsychosocial model. American Journal 

of Psychiatry 1980;137:535-544. 

3. Campbell LC, Clauw DJ, Keefe FJ. Persistent pain and depression. Biological 

Psychiatry 2003;54:399-409. 

4. Cox BJ. Predictors of depression in adults with cerebral palsy. Dissertation Abstract 

International Section B 1999;60(4-B):1847. 

5. Halpert A, Drossman D. Biopsychosocial issues in irritable bowel syndrome. Journal 

of Clinical Gastroenterology 2005;39(8):665-669. 

6. Havenstein EJ. Nursing practice paradigm for depressed rural women. Archives of 

Psychiatric Nursing 1996;10:283-292. 

7. Medalie JH. Angina pectoris. Journal of Family Practice 1990;30:273-280. 

8. Brody H. Validation of the biopsychosocial model ed. Journal of Family Practice 

1990;30:271-272. 

9. Matthews DA, Larson DB, Barry CP. The faith factor (Vol. 1). Washington, DC: 

National Institute for Healthcare Research, 1993. 

10. Larson DB. The faith factor (Vol. 2). Washington, DC: National Institute for 

Healthcare Research, 1993. 

11. Matthews DA, Larson DB. The faith factor (Vol. 3). Washington, DC: National 

Institute for Healthcare Research, 1995. 

12. Hollins S. Spirituality and religion: Exploring the relationship. Nursing Management 

2005;12(6):22-26. 

13. Flannelly KJ, Weaver AJ, Costa KG. Systematic review of religion and spirituality in 

three palliative care journals, 1990-1999. Journal Palliative Care 2004;20(1):50-56. 

14. Ramondetta LM, Sills D. Spirituality in gynecological oncology: A review. 

International Journal Gynecological Cancer 2004;14(2):183-201. 

15. Onarecker CD, Sterling BC. Addressing your patients’ spiritual needs. Family 

Practice Management 1995;May issue:44-49 

16. Sulmasy DP. Biopsychosocial-spiritual model for the care of patients at the end of 

life. Gerontologist 2002;42(special issue):24-33. 

17. Brady MJ, Peterman AH, Fitchett G, Mo M, Cella D. A case for including spirituality 

in quality of life measurement in oncology. Psycho-oncology 2000;8:417-428. 

18. Freeman J. Towards a definition of holism ed. The British Journal General Practice 

2005;55(511):154-155. 

19. Hathaway WL. Clinically significant religious impairment. Mental Health, Religion, 

and Culture 2003;6(2):113-129. 

20. Hill PC, Kilian MK. Assessing clinically significant religious impairment in clients. 

Mental Health Religion Culture 2003;6(2):149-160. 

21. Creagan ET. Attitude and disposition: Do they make a difference in cancer survival? 

Mayo Clinic Proceedings 1997;72:160-164. 


22. Powell LH, Shahabi L, Thoresen CE. Religion and spirituality: Linkages to physical 

health. American Psychologist 2003;58(1):36-52. 

23. Doolittle BR, Farrell M. Association between spirituality and depression in an urban 

clinic. Primary Care Companion of Journal; Clinical Psychiatry 2004; 6:114-118. 

24. Kendler KS, Gardner CO, Prescott CA. Religion, psychopathology, and substance 

use and abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry 1997;154:322-329. 

25. WHOQOL Group. The WHO quality of life assessment (WHOQOL) position paper 

from the World Health Organization. Social Science and Medicine 1995;41: 1403-1409. 

26. Hollingshead A, Redlich F. Social class and mental illness. New York: John Wiley & 

Sons, 1958. 

27. Derogatis LR, Lipman RS, Rickels K, Uhlenhuth EH, Covi L. The Hopkins Symptom 

Checklist (HSCL). Behavioral Sciences 19:1-15, 1974. 

28. Ware JE Jr, Sherbourne CD. The MOS 36-item short form health survey (SF-36), 

I. Conceptual framework and item selection. Medical Care 30:473-483, 1992. 

29. Broadhead WE, Gehlbach SH, deGruy FV, Kaplan BH. Duke-UNC functional social 

support questionnaire. Medical Care 1988; 26:709-723. 

30. Cella D. Functional assessment of chronic illness therapy manual (Version 4). 

Chicago: Center on Outcomes Research and Education, 1997. 

31. Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group. Multidimensional 

measurement of religiousness/spirituality for use in health research. Kalamazoo, 

MI: Fetzer Institute, 1999. 

32. Katerndahl DA. Use of health care services by persons with panic symptoms. 

Psychiatric Services 48:1027-1032, 1997. 

33. Brown JB, Adams ME. Patients as reliable reporters of medical care process. Medical 

Care 1992;30:400-411. 

34. Frisch MB. Quality of Life Inventory (QOLI). Minneapolis, MN: National Computer 

Systems, 1994. 

35. Kleinbaum DG, Kupper LL, Muller KE, editors. Applied regression analysis and 

other multivariate methods (2nd ed.). Boston: PWS-Kent Publishing Company, 1988. 

36. Olver I, Whitford H, Peterson M. Internal Medicine Journal 2006;36:A153-A159. 

37. Rabi MD, Edwards LA, Southern DA, Svenson LW, Saragious PM, Norton P, 

Larsen ET, Ghali WA. Association of socio-economic status with diabetes prevalence 

& utilization of diabetes care services. BMC Health Services Research 2006;6:124. 

38. Williams RB. Higher socio-economic status was associated with fewer coronary 

events and lower case-fatality rates. Evidence-Based Cardiovascular Medicine 1997; 

1(3):63. 

39. Cheng YH, Chi I, Boey KW, Ko LSF, Chou KL. Self-rated economic condition and 

the health of elderly persons in Hong Kong. Social Science & Medicine 2002; 

55(8):1415-1424. 

40. Jackson T, Iezzi A, Lafreniere K, Narduzzi K. Relations of employment status to 

emotional distress among chronic pain patients: A path analysis. The Clinical Journal 

of Pain 1998;14(1):55-60. 

41. Berkman LF, Syme LS. Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year 

follow-up study of Alameda county residents. American Journal of Epidemiology 

1979;109(2):186-204. 

DEVELOPMENT OF THE BioPSSI / 413 

42. Villingshoj M, Ross L, Thomsen LB, Johansen C. Does marital status and altered 

contact with the social network predict colorectal cancer survival. European Journal 

of Cancer 2006;42(17):3022-3027. 


43. Keyes CLM. Promoting and protecting mental health as flourishing. American 

Psychologist 2007;62(2):95-108. 

414 / KATERNDAHL AND OYIRIARU 

33. Disease Management for Depression in an MS Clinic 

Scott B. Patten, Stephen Newman, Melodie Becker, Catherine Riddell, Luanne Metz. 


(15 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

1. Chwastiak L, Ehde DM, Gibbons LE, Sullivan M, Bowen JD, Kraft GH. Depressive 

symptoms and severity of illness in multiple sclerosis: Epidemiological study of a large 

community sample. American Journal of Psychiatry 2002;159:1862-1868. 

2. Sollom AC, Kneebone II. Treatment of depression in people who have multiple 

sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis 2007;13:632-635. 

3. Patten SB, Beck CA, Williams JVA, Barbui C, Metz L. Major depression in multiple 

sclerosis: A population-based perspective. Neurology 2003;61:1524-1527. 

4. Wang JL, Reimer MA, Metz LM, Patten SB. Major depression and quality of life 

in individuals with multiple sclerosis. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine 

2000;30:309-317. 

5. Benedict RHB, Wahlig E, Bakshi R, Fishman I, Munschauer F, Zivadinov R, 

Weinstock-Guttman B. Predicting quality of life in multiple sclerosis: Accounting 

for physical disability, fatigue, cognition, mood disorder, personality and behavior 

change. Journal of the Neurological Sciences 2005;231:29-34. 

6. Lobentanz IS, Asenbaum S, Vass K, Sauter C, Klösch G, Kollegger H, 

Kristoferitsch W, Zeitlhofer J. Factors influencing quality of life in multiple sclerosis: 

Disability, depressive mood, fatigue and sleep quality. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica 

2004;110:6-13. 

7. D’Alisa S, Miscio G, Baudo S, Simone A, Tesio L, Mauro A. Depression is the main 

determinant of quality of life in multiple sclerosis: Aclassification-regression analysis. 

Disability and Rehabilitation 2006;28:307-314. 

8. Janssens ACJW, van Doorn PA, de Boer JB, Kalkers NF, van der Meché FGA, 

Passchier J, Hintzen RQ. Anxiety and depression influence the relation between disability 

status and quality of life in multiple sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis 2003; 9:397-403. 

9. Hart S, Fonareva I, Merluzzi N, Mohr DC. Treatment for depression and its 

relationship to improvement in quality of life and psychological well-being in multiple 

sclerosis patients. Quality of Life Research 2005;14:695-703. 

10. Mohr DC, Goodkin DE, Likosky W, Gatto N, Baumann KA, Rudick RA. Treatment 

of depression improves adherence to interferon b-1b therapy for multiple sclerosis. 

Archives of Neurology 1997;54:531-533. 

11. Feinstein A. An examination of suicidal intent in patients with multiple sclerosis. 

Neurology 2002;59:674-678. 

12. Mohr DC, Goodkin DE, Islar J, Hauser SL, Genain CP. Treatment of depression is 

associated with suppression of nonspecific and antigen-specific T-H1 responses in 

multiple sclerosis . Archives of Neurology 2001;58:1081-1086. 


13. Mohr DC, Goodkin DE, Likosky W, Beutler L, Gatto N, Langan MK. Identification 

of Beck Depression Inventory items related to multiple sclerosis. Journal of Behavioral 

Medicine 1997;20:407-414. 

14. Aikens JE, Reinecke MA, Pliskin NH, Fischer JS, Wiebe JS, McCracken LM, 

Taylor JL. Assessing depressive symptoms in multiple sclerosis: Is it necessary to 

omit items from the original Beck Depression Inventory? Journal of Behavioral 

Medicine 1999;22:127-141. 

15. Mohr DC, Boudewyn AC, Goodkin DE, Bostrom A, Epstein L. Comparative 

outcomes for individual cognitive-behavior therapy, supportive-expressive group 

psychotherapy, and sertraline for the treatment of depression in multiple sclerosis. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2001;69:942-949. 

16. Barak Y, Ur E, Achiron A. Moclobemide treatment in multiple sclerosis patients 

with comorbid depression: An open-label safety trial. Journal of Neuropsychiatry 

and Clinical Neuroscience 1999;11:271-273. 

17. Scott TF, Allen D, Price TRP, McConnell H, Lang D. Characterization of major 

depression symptoms in multiple sclerosis patients. Journal of Neuropsychiatry 

1996;8:318-323. 

18. Schiffer RB, Wineman NM. Antidepressant pharmacotherapy of depression 

associated with multiple sclerosis. American Journal of Psychiatry 1990;147: 1493-1497. 

19. The Goldman Consensus Conference Participants, National MSSociety. The Goldman 

Consensus Statement on Mood Disorders in Multiple Sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis 

2005;11:328-337. 

20. Kates N, Mach M. Chronic disease management for depression in primary care: A 

summary of the current literature and implications for practice. Canadian Journal of 

Psychiatry 2007;52:77-85. 

21. Mohr DC, Hart SL, Tasch ES. Screening for depression among patients with multiple 

sclerosis: Two questions may be enough. Multiple Sclerosis 2007;13: 215-219. 

22. Neumeyer-Gromen A, Lampert T, Stark K, Kallischnigg G. Disease management 

programs for depression. A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized 

controlled trials. Medical Care 2004;42:1211-1221. 

23. Tutty S, Simon G, Ludman E. Telephone counseling as an adjunct to antidepressant 

treatment in in the primary care system. A pilot study. Effective Clinical Practice 

2000;3:170-178 

24. Simon GE, Ludman EJ, Tutty S, Operskalski B, Von Korff M. Telephone 

psychotherapy and telephone care management for primary care patients starting 

antidepressant treatment. A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical 

Association 2004;292:935-942. 

25. Hunkeler EM, Meresman JF, Hargreaves WA, Fireman B, Berman WH, Krisch AJ, 

Groebe J, Hurt SW, Braden P, Getzell M, Feigenbaum PA, Peng T, Salzer M. Efficacy of 

Nurse telehealth care and peer support in augmenting treatment of depression in primary 

care. Archives of Family Medicine 2000;9:700-708.DEPRESSION IN AN MS CLINIC / 

471 

26. Mohr DC, Hart SL, Julian L, Catledge C, Honos-Webb L, Vella L, Tasch ET. 

Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression. Archives of General Psychiatry 

2005;62:1007-1014. 

27. Banerjee S, Shamash K, MacDonald AJD, Mann AH. Randomised controlled trial 

of effect of intervention by psychogeriatric team on depression in frail elderly people 

at home. British Medical Journal 1996;313:1058-1061. 

28. Llewellyn-Jones RH, Baikie KA, Smithers H, Cohen J, Snowdon J, Tennant CC. 

Multifaceted shared care intervention for late life depression in residential care: 

Randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal 1999;319:676-682. 


29. Lin EHB, Simon GE, Katon WJ, Russo JE, Von Korff M, Bush TM, Ludman EJ, 

Walker AE. Can enhanced acute-phase treatment of depression improve long-term 

outcomes? A report of randomized trials in primary care. American Journal of 

Psychiatry 1999;156:643-645. 

30. Unützer J, Katon W, Williams JW, Callahan CM, Harpole L, Hunkeler EM, Hoffing 

M, Arean P, Hegel MT, Schoenbaum M, Oishi SM, Langston CA. Improving primary 

care for depression in late life. The design of a multicenter randomized trial. Medical 

Care 2001;8:785-799. 

31. Hunkeler EM, Katon W, Tang L, Williams JW, Kroenke K, Lin EHB, Harpole LH, 

Arean P, Levine S, Grypma LM, Hargreaves WA, Unützer J. Long term outcomes from 

the IMPACT randomised trial for depressed elderly patients in primary care. British 

Medical Journal 2006;332:259-263. 

32. Katon WJ, Von Korff M, Lin EHB, Simon G, Ludman E, Russo J, Ciechanowski P, 

Walker E, Bush T. The Pathways study. Archives of General Psychiatry 2004; 61:1042- 

1049. 

33. Aikens JE, Fischer JS, Namey M, Rudick RA. A replicated prospective investigation 

of life stress, coping, and depressive symptoms in multiple sclerosis. Journal of 

Behavioral Medicine 1997;20:433-445. 

34. Foley FW, Bedell JR, LaRocca NG, Scheinberg LC, Reznikoff M. Efficacy of 

stress-inoculation training in coping with multiple sclerosis. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology 1987;55:919-922. 

35. Arnett PA, Higginson CI, Voss WD, Randolph JJ, Grandey AA. Relationship 

between coping, cognitive dysfunction and depression in multiple sclerosis. Clinical 

Neuropsychologist 2002;16:341-355. 

36. Mynors-Wallis LM, Gath DH, Lloyd-Thomas AR, Tomlinson D. Randomized 

controlled trial comparing problem solving treatment with amitriptyline and placebo 

for major depression in primary care. British Medical Journal 1995;310:441-445. 

37. Dowrick C, Dunn G, Ayuso-Mateos JL, Dalgard OS, Page H, Lehtinen V, Casey P, 

Wilkinson C, Vazquez-Barquero JL, Wilkinson G. Problem solving treatment and 

group psychoeducation for depression: Multicentre randomised controlled trial. 

British Medical Journal 2000;321:1450-1454. 

38. Svenson LW, Woodhead SE, Platt GH. Regional variations in the prevalence rates of 

multiple sclerosis in the province of Alberta, Canada. Neuroepidemiology 1994; 13:8-13. 

39. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JBW. The PHQ-9. Validity of a brief depression 

severity measure. Journal of General Internal Medicine 2001;16:606-613. 

40. Lecubier Y, Sheehan DV, Weiller E, Amorim P, Bonora I, Sheehan KH, Janavs J, 

Dunbar GC. The MINI International Neuropsychiatric Interview (MINI). A short 

472 / PATTEN ET AL. diagnostic structured interview: Reliability and validity according 

to the CIDI. European Psychiatry 1997;12:224-231. 

41. Montel SR, Bungener C. Coping and quality of life in one hundred and thirty-five 

subjects with multiple sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis 2007;13:393-401. 

42. Epping-Jordan, J. The WHODAS II. Geneva, Switzerland, The World Health 


43. Kurtzke JF. Rating neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis: An expanded 

disability scale (EDSS). Neurology 1983;33:1444-1452. 

44. Fisk JD, Brown MG, Sketris IS, Metz LM, Murray TJ, Stadnyk KJ. A comparison 

of health utility measures for the evaluation of multiple sclerosis treatments. Journal 

of Neurology Neurosurgery and Psychiatry 2005;76:58-63. 


34. Patient Compliance to Psychiatric Interventions and Course of Postpartum 

Mood Disorders 

Filiz Simsek Orhon, Atilla Soykan, Betul Ulukol. International Journal of Psychiatry in 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Seyfried LS, Marcus SM. Postpartum mood disorders. International Review of 

Psychiatry 2003;15:231-242. 

2. Currie ML, Rademacher ML, Rademacher R. The pediatrician’s role in recognizing 

and intervening in postpartum depression. Pediatric Clinics of North America 

2004;51:785-801. 

3. Chaudron LH. Postpartum depression: What pediatricians need to know. Pediatrics 

In Review 2003;24:154-161. 

4. Nonacs R, Cohen LS. Postpartum mood disorders: Diagnosis and treatment guidelines. 

Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 1998;59:34-40. 

5. Epperson CE. Postpartum major depression: Detection and treatment. American 

Family Physician 1999;59:2247-2254. 

6. Stuart S, O’Hara MW, Gorman LL. The prevention and psychotherapeutic treatment of 

postpartum depression. Archives of Womens Mental Health 2003;6 Suppl 2: S57-69. 

7. Mian AI. Depression in pregnancy and the postpartum period: Balancing adverse 

effects of untreated illness with treatment risks. Journal of Psychiatric Practice 

2004;11:389-396. 

8. Whitton A, Warner R, Appleby L. The pathway to care in post-natal depression: 

Women’s attitudes to post-natal depression and its treatment. British Journal of General 

Practice 1996;46:427-428. 

9. Boath E, Bradley E, Henshaw C. Women’s views of antidepressants in the treatment of 

postnatal depression. Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology 

2004;25:221-233. 

10. Sit DK, Wisner KL. Decision making for postpartum depression treatment. 

Psychiatric Analysis 2005;35:577-585. 

11. Dennis CL, Lee LC. Postpartum depression help-seeking barriers and maternal 

treatment preferences: A qualitative systematic review. Birth 2006;33:323-331. 

12. Cox JL, Holden JM, Sagovsky R. Detection of postnatal depression. Development of 

the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. British Journal of Psychiatry 

1987;150:782-786. 

13. Engindeniz AN, Küey L, Kültür S. The Turkish version of Edinburgh Postnatal 

Depression scale: A study of validity and reliability. In: Spring symposium first book. 

Ankara: Psychiatry Association Press, 1996. 

14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, Williams JBW. Global Assessment of Functioning 

Scale. In: Structured clinical interview for DSM-IV axis I disorders, clinical version. 

Washington, DC and London England: American Psychiatric Press; 1987. 

15. Berle JØ, Steen VM, Aamo TO, Breilid H, Zahlsen K, Spigset O. Breastfeeding 

during maternal antidepressant treatment with serotonin reuptake inhibitors: Infant 

exposure, clinical symptoms, and cytochrome P450 genotypes. Journal of Clinical 

Psychiatry 2004;65:1228-1234. 

16. Weissman AM, Levy BT, Hartz AJ, Bentler S, Donohue M, Ellingrod VL, Wisner 

KL. 

Pooled analysis of antidepressant levels in lactating mothers, breast milk, and nursing 

infants. American Journal of Psychiatry 2004;161:1066-1078. 


17. Peindl KS, Wisner KL, Hanusa BH. Identifying depression in the first postpartum 

year: Guidelines for office-based screening and referral. Journal of Affective Disorders 

2004;80:37-44. 

18. Steinberg SI, Bellavance F. Characteristics and treatment of women with antenatal 

and postpartum depression. International Journal of Psychiatry and Medicine 

1999;29:209-233. 

19. Stowe ZN, Casarella J, Landrey J, Nemeroff CB. Sertraline in the treatment of women 

with postpartum major depression. Depression 1995;3:49-55. 

456 / ORHON, SOYKAN AND ULUKOL 

20. Misri S, Reebye P, Corral M, Milis L. The use of paroxetine and cognitive-behavioral 

therapy in postpartum depression and anxiety: A randomized controlled trial. Journal 

of Clinical Psychiatry 2004;65:1236-1241. 

21. O’Hara MW, Stuart S, Gorman LL, Wenzel A. Efficacy of interpersonal 

psychotherapy 

for postpartum depression. Archives of General Psychiatry 2000;57: 1039-1045. 

22. Milgrom J, Negri LM, Gemmil AW, McNeil M, Martin PR. A randomized controlled 

trial of psychological interventions for postnatal depression. British Journal 

of Clinical Psychology 2005;44:529-542. 

23. Koponen H, Lepola U. Psychiatric drug trials and placebo. Nordic Journal of 

Psychiatry 2005;59:233-237. 

24. Pincus HA, Davis WW, McQueen LE. ‘Subthreshold’ mental disorders: A review 

and synthesis of studies on minor depression and other ‘brand names.’ British 


25. Weisberg RB, Paquette JA. Screening and treatment of anxiety disorders in pregnant 

and lactating women. Women’s Health Issues 2002;12:32-36. 

26. Hameed U, Schwartz TL, Malhotra Kwest RL, Bertone F. Antidepressant treatment 

in the primary care office: Outcomes for adjustment disorder versus major depression. 

Annals of Clinical Psychiatry 2005;17:77-81. 

27. Brockington I. Postpartum psychiatric disorders. The Lancet 2004;363:303-331. 

28. Wenzel A, Haugen EN, Jackson LC, Brendle JR. Anxiety symptoms and disorders 

at eight weeks postpartum. Anxiety Disorders 2005;19:295-311. 

35. Religiosity and Self-Rated Health among Latin American and Caribbean Elders 

Carlos A. Reyes-Ortiz, Martha Pelaez, Harold G. Koenig, Thomas Mulligan. 


(19 pages) 

[REFERENCES] 

.1. Ayele H, Mulligan T, Gheorghiu S, Reyes-Ortiz C. Religious activity improves life 

satisfaction for some physicians and older patients. Journal of American Geriatrics 

Society 1999;47:453-455. 

2. Levin JS, Chatters LM, Taylor RJ. Religious effect on health status and life satisfaction 

among Black Americans. Journal of Gerontology B Psychological Sciences Social 

Sciences 1995;50:S154-S163. 

3. Reyes-Ortiz CA, Ayele H, Mulligan T, Espino DV, Berges IM, Markides KS. 

Higher church attendance predicts lower fear of falling in older Mexican Americans. 

Aging and Mental Health 2006;10:13-18. 

4. Hummer RA, Rogers RG, Nam CB, Ellison CG. Religious involvement and U.S. 

adult mortality. Demography 1999;36:273-285. 


5. Koenig HG, Larson DB, Larson SS. Religion and coping with serious medical illness. 

Annals of Pharmacotherapy 2001;35:352-359. 

6. Koenig HG, Cohen HJ, Blazer DG, Pieper C, Meador KG, Shelp F, Goli V, 

DiPasquale B. Religious coping and depression among elderly, hospitalized medically 

ill men. American Journal of Psychiatry 1992;149:1693-1700. 

7. Strawbridge WJ, Shema SJ, Cohen RD, Kaplan GA. Religious attendance increases 

survival by improving and maintaining good health behaviors, mental health, and 

social relationships. Annals of Behavior and Medicine 2001;23:68-74. 

8. Oexmann MJ, Thomas JC, Taylor KB et al. Short-term impact of a church-based 

approach to lifestyle change on cardiovascular risk in African-Americans. Ethnicity and 

Disease 2000;10:17-23. 

9. Hill TD, Angel JL, Ellison CG, Angel RJ. Religious attendance and mortality: An 

8-year follow-up of older Mexican Americans. Journal of Gerontology B Psycho- 

logical Sciences Social Sciences 2005;60:S102-109. 

10. Koenig HG, McCullough ME, Larson DB, editors. Handbook of religion and health. 

New York: Oxford University Press, 2001. 

11. Reyes-Ortiz CA, Hincapié M, Herrera JA, Moyano PA. Factores de estrés y apoyo 

psicosocial en pacientes con infarto agudo de miocardio. Cali, 2001-2002. Colombia 

Médica 2004;35:199-204. 

12. Ocampo JM, Romero NM, Saa HA, Herrera JA, Reyes-Ortiz CA. Relación entre 

religiosidad, función familiar, soporte social y síntomas depresivos en adultos 

mayores. Cali, Colombia 2001. Colombia Médica 2006;37(2 supl 1):26-30. 

13. Wong R, Pelaez M, Palloni A. Autoinforme de salud general en adultos mayores de 

America Latina y el Caribe: Su utilidad como indicador. Revista Panamericana de 

Salud Pública 2005;17:323-332. 

14. Miller TR, Wolinsky FD. Self-rated health trajectories and mortality among older 

adults. Journal of Gerontology B Psychological Sciences Social Sciences 2007; 62:S22- 

27. 

15. Shetterly SM, Baxter J, Mason LD, Hamman RF. Self-rated health among Hispanics 

vs non-Hispanic White adults: The San Luis Valley Health and Aging Study. 

American Journal of Public Health 1996;86:1798-1801. 

16. Phillips L, Hammock RL, Blanton JM. Predictors of self-rated health status among 

Texas residents. Preventing Chronic Disease 2005;2(4):1-10. 

17. Ponce NA, Hays RD, Cunningham WE. Linguistic disparities in health care access 

and health status among older adults. Journal of General Internal Medicine 2006; 21:786- 

791. 

18. Menec VH, Shooshtari, Lambert P. Ethnic differences in self-rated health among 

older adults: A cross-sectional and longitudinal analysis. Journal of Aging and Health 

2007;19:62 

19. Idler EL. Religion, health and nonphysical sense of self. Social Forces 1995; 74:683- 

704. 

20. Krause N. Neighborhood deterioration, religious coping, and changes in health 

during late life. Gerontologist 1998;38:653-664. 

21. McCullough ME, Laurenceau JP. Religiousness and the trajectory of self-rated 

health across adulthood. Personality Social Psychology Bulletin 2005;31:560-573. 

22. Boyer E. Variations in health perception between Black and White elderly. Inter- 

national Quarterly of Community Health Education 1982;2:157-173. 

23. Levin JS, Markides KS. Religion and health in Mexican Americans. Journal of 

Religion and Health 1985;24:60-69. 

24. Musick MA. Religion and subjective health among Black and White elders. Journal 

of Health and Social Behavior 1996;37:221-237. 


25. Levin JS, Markides KS. Religious attendance and subjective health. Journal of 

Scientific Study of Religion 1986;25:31-40. 

26. Arredondo EM, Elder JP, Ayala GX, Campbell NR, Baquero B. Is church attendance 

associated with Latinas’ health practices and self-reported health? American Journal 

of Health Behavior 2005;29:502-511. 

27. Franzini L, Ribble JC, Wingfield KA. Religion, sociodemographic and personal 

characteristics, and self-reported health in Whites, Blacks, and Hispanics living in lowsocioeconomic 

status neighborhoods. Ethnicity and Disease 2005;15: 469-484. 

28. Albala C, Lebrao ML, Leon Diaz EM, Ham-Chande R, Hennis AJ, Palloni A, Pelaez 

M, Prats O. Encuesta Salud, Bienestar y Envejecimiento (SABE): Metodología de la 

encuesta y perfil de la población estudiada. Revista Panamericana de Salud Pública 

2005;17:307-322. 

29. Pelaez M, Palloni A, Albala C, et al. SABE—Survey on Health, Well-Being, and 

Aging in Latin America and the Caribbean, 2000 [Computer file]. ICPSR version. 

Washington, DC: Pan American Health Organization/World Health Organization 

(PAHO/WHO) [producers], 2004. Ann Arbor, MI: Inter-University Consortium for 

Political and Social Research [distributor], 2005. 

30. Wong R, Pelaez M, Palloni A, Markides KS. Survey data for the study of aging in 

Latin American and the Caribbean. Journal of Aging and Health 2006;18:157-179. 

31. Fillenbaum GG. Screening the elderly: A brief instrumental activity of daily living 

measure. Journal of American Geriatrics Society 1985;33:698-706. 

32. Haley KC, Koenig HG, Burchett BM. Relationship between private religious activity 

and physical functioning in older adults. Journal of Religion and Health 2001;40:305-312. 

33. Espinosa G, Elizondo V, Miranda J. Hispanic Churches in American Public Life: 

Summary of findings, 2003. 

http://www.nd.edu/%7Elatino/research/pubs/HispChurchesEnglishWEB.pdf 

(accessed July 15, 2006). 

34. Blazer DG, Palmore E. Religion and aging in a longitudinal panel. Gerontologist 

1975;16(1 Pt1):82-85. 

35. Wink P, Dillon M. Spiritual development across the adult life course: Findings 

from a longitudinal study. Journal of Adult Development 2002;9:79-94. 

36. Chen YY, Koenig HG. Do people turn to religion in times of stress? An examination 

of change in religiousness among elderly, medically ill patients. Journal of Nervous 

and Mental Disease 2006;194:114-120. 

37. Gallup G. The religiosity cycle. 2002. 

http://brain.gallup.com/content/default.aspx?ci=6124 (accessed August 10, 2006). 

38. Winseman AL. 2005. Religion in America: Who has none? Young more educated 

likely to claim no religious preference. 

http://brain.gallup.com/content/default.aspx?ci=20329 (accessed August 10, 2006). 

39. Ratner PA, Johnson JL, Jeffery B. Examining emotional, physical, social, and 

spiritual health as determinants of self-rated health status. American Journal of Health 

Promotion 1998;12:275-282. 

40. Cagney KA, Browning CR, Wen M. Racial disparities in self-rated health at older 

ages: What difference does the neighborhood make? Journal of Gerontology Social 

Sciences 2005;60B:S181-S190. 


36. Taking Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry into Primary Care 

Stephen Kisely, Leslie Anne Campbell. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Kates N, Craven C, Bishop J, Clinton T, Kraftcheck D, LeClair K, Leverette J, Nash L, 

Turner T. Shared mental health care in Canada. Ottawa (ON): Canadian Psychiatric 

Association (CPA) and The College of Family Physicians of Canada; October 1997. 

Position paper nr 1997-38. 12p. [Accessed 12 July 2007] Available from: 

http://ww1.cpa-apc.org:8080/Publications/Position_Papers/Shared.asp 

2. Kates N. Shared mental health care: The way ahead. Editorial. Canadian Family 

Physician May 2002;48:853-855. 

3. Kates N, Fugere C, Farrar S. Family Physician Satisfaction with Mental Health 

Services: Findings from a Community Survey. CPA Bulletin 2004;36:10-14. 

4. Lesage A, Goering P, Lin E. Family physicians and the mental health system: A 

report from the mental health supplement to the Ontario Health Survey. Canadian 

Family Physician 1997;43:25-26. 

5. Enhancing Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Primary Health Care. The Principles 

and Framework for Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Primary Health Care. 

(September 2005). [Accessed 12 July 2007]. Available from: 

http://www.eicp-acis.ca/en/principles/sept/EICP-Principles%20and%20Framework% 

20Sept.pdf 

6. Shepherd M, Cooper A, Brown A. Psychiatric illness in general practice. Oxford: 

Oxford University Press, 1966. 

7. Dworkin SF, Von Korff M, Lereseche L. Multiple pains and psychiatric disturbance, 

an epidemiologic investigation. Archives General Psychiatry 1990;47:239-245. 

8. Simon GE, Von Korff M. Somatization and psychiatric disorders in the NIMH 

Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study. American Journal of Psychiatry 1991;148 

1494-1500. 

9. Craig TJK, Boardman AP, Mills, K, Daly-Jones O, Drake H. The South Londo 

Somatisation Study. 1: Longitudinal course and the influence of early life experience 


10. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, Linzer M, Hahn SR, deGruy FV 3rd, Brody D 

Physical symptoms in primary care. Predictors of psychiatric disorders and functiona 

impairment. Archives Family Medicine 1994;3:774-779. 

11. Kisely SR, Goldberg D. Physical and psychiatric co-morbidity in general practice 


12. Kisely S, Goldberg D, Simon G. A comparison between somatic symptoms wit 

and without clear organic cause: Results of an international study. Psychologica 

Medicine 1997; 27:1011-1019. 

13. Kisely S, Goldberg DP. The effect of physical ill-health on the course of psychiatri 

disorder in general practice. British Journal of Psychiatry 1997;170:536-540. 

14. Kisely S, Simon G. An international study of the effect of physical ill health o 

psychiatric recovery in primary care. Psychosomatic Medicine 2005;67:116-122. 

15. Feder A, Olfson M, Gameroff M, Fuentes M, Shea S, Lantigua RA, Weissman MM. 

Medically unexplained symptoms in an urban general medicine practice. Psychosomatics 

2001;42:261-268. 


16. Gureje O, Simon GE, Ustun TB, Goldberg DP. Somatization in cross-cultural perspective: 

A World Health Organization study in primary care. American Journal 

of Psychiatry 1997;154:989-995. 

17. Kroenke K, Mangelsdorff AD. Common symptoms in ambulatory care: Incidence, 

evaluation, therapy, and outcome. American Journal of Medicine 1989;86:262-266. 

18. Kisely S. The relationship between admission to hospital with chest pain and 

psychiatric disorder. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry 1998; 32:172- 

179. 

19. Kisely S, Simon G. An international study comparing the effect of medically 

explained and unexplained somatic symptoms on psychosocial outcome. Journal of 

Psychosomatic Research 2006;60:125-130. 

20. Craven MA, Bland R. Better Practices in Collaborative Mental Health Care: An 

Analysis of the Evidence Base Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 2006. [Accessed 12 

July 2006] Available from: 

http://ww1.cpa-apc.org:8080/publications/cjp/supplements/may2006old/exec 

summary.asp 

21. Fitzpatrick NK, Shah S, Walker N, Nourmand S, Tyrer PJ, Barnes TR, Higgitt A, 

Hemingway H. The determinants and effect of shared care on patient outcomes and 

psychiatric admissions—An inner city primary care cohort study. Social Psychiatry 

and Psychiatric Epidemiology 2004;39:154-163. 

22. Carr VJ, Faehrmann C, Lewin TJ, Walton JM, Reid AA. Determining the effect that 

consultation-liaison psychiatry in primary care has on family physicians’ psychiatric 

knowledge and practice. Psychosomatics 1997;38:217-229. 

23. Kisely S, Horton-Hausknecht J, Tait A, Bostwick R, Wong P, Miller K, Mascall C. 

Does increased collaboration between primary care and psychiatric services 

change GPs’ practice?—A controlled trial. Australian Family Physician 2002; 31:587- 

589. 

24. Bower P, Sibbald B. On-site mental health workers in primary care: Effects on 

professional practice. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 1999, Issue 4. Art. 

No.: CD000532. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD000532. 

25. Seivewright H, Tyrer P, Johnson T. Prediction of outcome in neurotic disorder: A 

5-year prospective study. Psychological Medicine 1998;28:1149-1157. 

26. Ellis P, Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists (RANZCP) 

Clinical Practice Guidelines Team for Depression. Australian and New Zealand 

clinical practice guidelines for the treatment of depression. Australian and New 

Zealand Journal of Psychiatry 2004;38:389-407. 

27. Kisely S, Duerden D, Shaddick S, Jayabarathan A. Increased collaboration between 

primary care and psychiatric services. Canadian Family Physician 2006;52:876-877. 

28. Kates N, Crustolo AM, Farrar S, Nikolaou L, Ackerman S, Brown S. Mental health 

care and nutrition. Integrating specialist services into primary care. Canadian Family 

Physician 2002;48:1898-1903. 

29. Blashki G, Selzer R, Judd F, Hodgins G, Ciechomski L. Primary care psychiatry: 

Taking consultation-liaison psychiatry to the community. Australasian Psychiatry 

2005;13:302-306. 

30. Canadian Medical Protective Association. Collaborative care: A medical liability 

perspective. [Accessed 18 July 2007]. Available from: 

http://www.cmpa-acpm.ca/cmpapd02/pub_index.cfm?LANG=E&URL=cmpa%5 

Fdocs%2Fenglish%2Fresource%5Ffiles%2Fadmin%5Fdocs%2Fcommon%2Fcom 

%5Fcollaborative%5Fcare%2De%2Ehtml#f1 


31. Canadian Collaborative Mental Health Initiative. Canadian Collaborative Mental 

Health Initiative (CCMHI), 2006 [Accessed 8 August 2007]. Available from: 

http://www.ccmhi.ca/en/index.html 

32. Mrazek PJ, Haggerty RJ, editors. Reducing risks for mental disorders: Frontiers 

for preventive intervention research.Washington, DC:National Academy Press, 1994. 

37. The Effects of Snoezelen (Multi-Sensory Behavior Therapy) and Psychiatric 

Care on Agitation, Apathy, and Activities of Daily Living in Dementia Patients on a 

Short Term Geriatric Psychiatric Inpatient Unit 

Jason A. Staal, Amanda Sacks, Robert Matheis, Lesley Collier, et al. International Journal 


[REFERENCES] 

1. Cummings J. Drug therapy: Alzheimer’s disease. New England Journal of Medicine 

2004;351(1):56-67. 

2. Mansdorf I, Calapai P, Caselli L, et al. Reducing psychotropic medication usage in 

nursing home residents: The effects of behaviorally oriented psychotherapy. The 

Behavior Therapist 1999;22:21-23. 

3. Bower H. Sensory stimulation and the treatment of senile dementia. Medical Journal 

of Australia 1967;1:113-119. 

4. Holtkamp C, Kragt K, VanDongen M, et al. Effect of Snoezelen on the behavior of 

the demented elderly. Tijdscher Gerontological Geriatrics 1997;28:124-128. 

5. Baker R, Bell S, Gibson S, et al. A randomized controlled trial of the effects of 

multi-sensory stimulation for people with dementia. British Journal of Clinical 

Psychology 2001;40:81-96. 

6. Weert J. Multi-sensory stimulation in 24-hour dementia care. Netherlands Institute 

for Health Services Research (NIVEL) The Netherlands, 2005. 

7. Staal J. An integration of Snoezelen with behavioral theory and practice to 

promote effective therapeutic outcomes. Paper presented at the third Snoezelen World 

Congress, Toronto, Canada 1999. 

8. Skinner B. Science and human behavior. New York: The Free Press, 1953. 

9. Vaughan M, Michael J. Automatic reinforcement: An important but ignored concept. 

Behaviorism 1982;10:212 228. 

10. Benson H, Klipper M. The relaxation response. New York: Avon Books, 1975. 

11. Staal J, Pinkney L, Roane D. Assessment of stimulus preferences in multisensory 

environment therapy for older people with dementia. British Journal of Occupational 

Therapy 2003;66(12):542-549. 

12. Robichaud L, Herbert R, Desrosiers J. Efficacy of a sensory integration program 

on the behaviors of inpatients with dementia. American Journal of Occupation 

1994;48(4):355-360. 

13. Rosen J, Burgio L, Kollar M, Cain M, Allison M, Fogleman M, Micheal M, Zubenko 

G. The Pittsburgh Agitation Scale: A user friendly instrument for rating agitation in 

dementia patients. The American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 1994;2:52-59. 

14. Lawton P. A research and service oriented multi-level assessment instrument. 

Journal of Gerontology 1982;37(1):91-99. 

15. Reichman W, Coyne A, Amireni B, Molino J, Egan S. Negative symptoms in 

Alzheimer’s disease. American Journal of Psychiatry 1996;153:424-426. 


16. Reichman W, Negron A. Negative symptoms in the elderly patient with dementia. 

International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 2001;16:11-16. 

17. Tappen R. The effect of skill training on functional abilities of nursing home residents 

with dementia. Residential Nursing Health 1994;17:159-165. 

18. Beck C, Hencock P, Mercer S, Walls R, Rapp C, Vogelpohl T. Improving dressing 

behavior in cognitively impaired nursing home residents. Nursing Research 1997;46:126- 

131 

19. Ferris S, Crook T, Flicker C. Assessing cognitive impairment and evaluating 

treatment 

effects. In L. W. Poon (Ed.), Handbook for clinical memory assessment in older 

adults. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, 1986. 

20. Baker R, Dowling Z, Wareing L. Snoezelen: Its long-term and short-term effects 

on older people with dementia. British Journal of Occupational Therapy 1997; 60:213- 

218. 

21. Vollmer T. The concept of automatic reinforcement: Implications for behavioral 

research in developmental disabilities. Research Development and Disability 1994; 

15(3):187-207. 

22. Hope K. The effects of multi-sensory environments on older people with dementia. 

Journal of Psychiatric Mental Health Nurses 1998;5:377-385. 

23. Kitwood T. A dialectical framework for dementia. In R. Woods (Eds.), Handbook 

of the clinical psychology of aging. Chichester: John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 1996. 

24. Moffat N, Pinkey L, Barker P. Snoezelen: An experience for people with dementia. 

Chesterfield: Rompa, 1993:135. 

25. Spaull D, Leach C. An evaluation of the effects of multi-sensory stimulation with 

people who have dementia. Behavioral and Cognitive Psychotherapy 1998; 26:77-86. 

38. Tic Exacerbation and Precipitation during Atomoxetine Treatment in Two 

Children with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 

Humberto C. Párraga, Marianela I. Párraga, David K. Harris. International Journal of 


[REFERENCES] 

1. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorder 

(4th edition; Text Revision) (DSM-IV-TR). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric 

Association, 2000. 

2. Goldman LS, Genel M, Bezman RJ, Slanetz PJ. Diagnosis and treatment of attentiondeficit/hyperactivity 

disorder in children and adolescents. Council on Scientific 

Affairs. Journal of the American Medical Association 1998;279(14):1100-1107. 

3. Lipkin PH, Goldstein IH, Adesman AR. Tics and dyskinesias associated with 

stimulant treatment in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Archives of Pediatric 

Adolescent Medicine 1994;148(8):859-861. 

4. Law SF, Schachar RJ. Do typical clinical doses of methylphenidate cause tics 

in children treated for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder? Journal American 

Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry 1999;38(8):944-951. 

5. Michelson D, Allen AJ, Busner J, Casat C, DunnD, Kratochil C, Newcorn J, Sallee FR, 

Sangal RB, Saylor K, West S. Once-daily atomoxetine treatment for children and 

adolescents with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. A randomized, placebocontrolled 

study. American Journal of Psychiatry 2002;159(11):1896-1901. 


6. Spencer T, Biederman J, Heiligenstein H, Wilens T, Faries D, Prince J, Faraone S, 

Rea J, Witcher J, Servas S. An open-label, dose-ranging study of atomoxetine in 

children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child Adolescent 

Psychopharmacology 2001;11(3):251-265. 

7. Coffey BJ, Allen AJ, Kurlan RM, et al. Atomoxetine treatment in children with ADHD 

and comorbid tic disorders. Presented at American Psychiatric Association, May 2-6, 

2004, New York. 

8. Wilens T, Kratochvil C, Newcorn J, Gao H. Do children and adolescents with ADHD 

respond differently to atomoxetine? Journal of the American Academy of Child 

and Adolescent Psychiatry 2006,2(45):149-157. 

9. McCracken J, Sallee FR, Leonard H. Improvement of ADHD by atomoxetine in 

children with tic disorders. Presented at American Academy of Child and Adolescent 

Psychiatry, October 14-19, 2003, Miami, FL. 

10. Lewis D. Atomoxetine for the treatment of ADHD and comorbid tics in Children. 

32nd Annual Meeting of the Child Neurology Society, October 2, 2003, Miami Beach, 

FL. 

11. Allen A, Kurlan R, Gilbert D, Coffey B, Linder S, Lewis D, Winner P, Dunn W, 

Dure L, Sallee F, Milton D, Mintz S, Ricardi R, Erenberg G, Layton L, Feldman P, 

Kelsey D, Spencer T. Atomoxetine treatment in children and adolescents with 

ADHD and comorbid tic disorders. Neurology 2005;65:1941-1948. 

12. Gadow K, Sverd J, Sprafkin J, Nolan E, Grossman S. Long term methylphenidate 

therapy in children with comorbid attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and 

chronic multiple tic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry 1999;56:330-335. 

13. The Tourette Syndrome Study group treatment of ADHD in children with tics. A 

randomized controlled trial. Neurology 2002;58:527-536. 

14. Bymaster FP, Katner J, Nelson D. Atomoxetine increases extracellular levels of S 

norepinephrine and dopamine in prefrontal cortex of Rat: A potential mechanism 

for efficacy in attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology 

2002;27:699-711. 

15. Sallee FR, Smirnov A. Atomoxetine: Novel therapy for attention-deficit/hyperactivity 

disorder and potential therapeutic implications. Primary Psychiatry 2003;10(4):41-48. 

16. Lee TS, Lee D, Lombroso PJ, King R. Atomoxetine and tics in ADHD. Journal 

of the American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry 2005;43(9):1068-1069. 

17. Ledbetter M. Atomoxetine use associated with onset of a motor tic. Journal of 

Child Adolescent Psychopharmacology 2005;15(2):331-333. 

18. Wechsler D. Manual for the Wechsler intelligence for children (Revised). New York: 

Psychological Corporation, 1974. 

19. Conners CK. Rating scale for use in drug studies in children. In: Special Issue: 

Pharmacotherapy of Children. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 1973;9:24-84. 

20. Goyette CH, Conners CK, Ulrich RF. Normative data on revised Conners Parent 

and Teacher Rating Scales. Journal of Abnormality in Child Psychology 1978; 6:221-226. 

21. Leckman JF, Riddle MA, Hardin MT. The Yale Global Tic Severity Scale: Initial 

testing of a clinic-rated scale of tic severity. Journal of the American Academy of 

Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 1989;28:556-573. 

22. Lombroso PJ, Scahill L, King RA, Lynch KA, Chappell PB, Peterson BS, McDougle 

CJ, Leckman JF. Risperidone treatment of children and adolescents with chronic tic 

disorders: A preliminary report. Journal of the American Academy of Child Adolescent 

Psychiatry 1995;34(9):1147-1152. 


23. Párraga H, Párraga M, Woodward R, Fenning P. Quetiapine treatment of children 

with Tourette’s syndrome. Report of two cases. Journal of Child and Adolescent 

Psychopharmacology 2001;11(2):187-191. 

24. Singer H. The treatment of tics. Current Neurology and Neuroscience Reports 2001; 

1(2):195-202, Current Science Inc., Philadelphia, PA 

25. Barnes TRE. The Barnes Akathisia Rating Scale-Revisited. Journal of Psychopharmacology 

2003;17:365-370. 

26. Benjamin E, Saleck S. Stimulant—Atypical antipsychotic interaction and acute 

dystonia. (Letter). Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent 

Psychiatry 2005;44:6. 

27. Erenberg G, Cruse RP, Rothner D. Gilles de la Tourette syndrome: Effects of 

stimulant 

drugs. Neurology 1985;35:1346-1348. 

28. Bajo S, Battaglia M, Pegna C, Bellodi L. Citalopram and fluvoxamine in Tourette’s 

disorder. (Letter). Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent 

Psychiatry 1999;38:8. 

29. Strattera (atomoxetine HCI) prescribing information, Eli Lilly and Company, 2003. 

30. Comings DE, Comings BG. Tourette syndrome and attention deficit disorders with 

hyperactivity: Are they genetically related? Journal of the American Academy of 

Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 1084; 23:138-146.

International Journal for Technology - USU Institutional Repository ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?